evolution/help/ca/ca.po

msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: evolution-help.master\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 19:25+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-14 05:21+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jordi Mas i Hernàndez <jmas@softcatala.org> \n"
"Language-Team: Catalan <tradgnome@softcatala.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr "Jordi Mas i Hernàndez <jmas@softcatala.org>, 2014"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/backup-restore.page:18
msgid "Back up and restore your <app>Evolution</app> data and settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/backup-restore.page:22
msgid "Back up and restore"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:24
msgid ""
"You can back up your <app>Evolution</app> data. The backup saves your "
"settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a "
"gzip-compressed tar archive file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/backup-restore.page:29
msgid "Backing up"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:33
msgid ""
"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Back up Evolution Data…</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:37
msgid ""
"Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and "
"click <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:41 C/backup-restore.page:69
msgid ""
"You will be asked to close <app>Evolution</app>. Answer with <gui style="
"\"button\">Yes</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:47
msgid ""
"Note that your <link xref=\"mail-spam\">spam filtering</link> settings are "
"not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by "
"<app>Evolution</app> and as developers of spam filtering tools might change "
"implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up the "
"hidden folder <file>~/.bogofilter/</file>. If you use SpamAssassin you will "
"need to back up the hidden folder <file>~/.spamassassin/</file>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/backup-restore.page:58 C/intro-first-run.page:39
msgid "Restoring"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:62
msgid ""
"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Restore Evolution Data…</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:66
msgid "Choose the file, and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/backup-restore.page:75
msgid ""
"In the <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">first-run assistant</link>, you can "
"restore <app>Evolution</app> data from a backup file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23
msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26
msgid "Reminders for appointments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:29
#
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres generals"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:31
msgid ""
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
"gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> you can select those calendars for which "
"you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, "
"you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also "
"define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every "
"birthday and anniversary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40
msgid ""
"For general information on displaying reminders, please see <link xref="
"\"help:gnome-help/shell-notifications\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/"
"gnome-help/stable/shell-notifications\"> the GNOME Desktop Help</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:50
msgid "Manual Reminders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:52
msgid ""
"Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the "
"appointment editor for certain appointments only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:57
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> or press the "
"Reminder button in the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:61
msgid ""
"From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options "
"when to show a notification reminder, or choose <gui>Customize</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:66
msgid ""
"In case of <gui>Customize</gui>, the reminder can be a popup, a sound "
"played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be "
"repeated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:23
msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:26
msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:28 C/calendar-google.page:29
#: C/calendar-weather.page:24 C/calendar-webdav.page:23
msgid ""
"To add such a calendar to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:32 C/calendar-google.page:34
#: C/calendar-local.page:27 C/calendar-weather.page:29
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:28
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Calendar</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:36
msgid "Select the type <gui>CalDAV</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:39 C/calendar-google.page:40
#: C/calendar-local.page:34 C/calendar-weather.page:36
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:35 C/contacts-google.page:35 C/contacts-ldap.page:48
#: C/contacts-local.page:34 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:48
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:26 C/tasks-local.page:26 C/tasks-webdav.page:28
msgid "Enter a name that you prefer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:42 C/calendar-google.page:43
#: C/calendar-local.page:37 C/calendar-weather.page:39
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:27 C/tasks-local.page:27
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:29
msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:45 C/calendar-google.page:46
#: C/calendar-weather.page:42 C/calendar-webdav.page:41
#: C/contacts-google.page:38
msgid ""
"Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:49 C/calendar-webdav.page:45
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28 C/tasks-caldav.page:29
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:31
msgid "Enter the address in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:52 C/calendar-weather.page:49
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:48 C/contacts-google.page:45
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:30
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:32
msgid ""
"Choose <gui>Use secure connection</gui> if you want to connect securely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:56 C/tasks-caldav.page:31
msgid "Enter your username and your email address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:59 C/calendar-google.page:55
#: C/calendar-local.page:46 C/calendar-weather.page:56
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:55 C/contacts-google.page:49 C/contacts-ldap.page:58
#: C/contacts-local.page:37 C/tasks-caldav.page:32 C/tasks-local.page:28
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:34
#
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>."
msgstr "Feu clic a <gui style=\"button\">Aplica</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-caldav.page:63 C/calendar-google.page:59
#: C/calendar-local.page:50 C/calendar-weather.page:60
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:59
msgid ""
"The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:23
msgid "Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:26
msgid "Using Classifications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:28
msgid ""
"If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange "
"server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:31
msgid ""
"To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click "
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Classifications</gui></guiseq> and select a "
"classification in the editor. <gui>Public</gui> is the default category, and "
"a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing "
"network. <gui>Private</gui> denotes one level of security, and "
"<gui>Confidential</gui> an even higher level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-classifications.page:38
msgid ""
"The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your "
"system administrator or adjust your delegation settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:24
msgid "Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29
#
msgid "Free/Busy information"
msgstr "Informació lliure/ocupat"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31
msgid ""
"You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability "
"of invitees."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34
msgid ""
"In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/"
"Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy "
"feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as "
"Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/"
"Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published "
"elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, "
"you can still use <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
"\">meeting invitations</link> to coordinate schedules with other people."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:44
msgid "To access the free/busy view:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:48 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:44
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Meeting</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:52 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:55
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add the email addresses of people "
"you want to invite."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:56
msgid ""
"Click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or click "
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:60
msgid ""
"Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using "
"the <gui>Autopick</gui> buttons to choose a time automatically, then click "
"<gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Attendees on an Exchange server have the "
"appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any "
"change in plans."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:70
msgid "Attendee List:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:71
msgid ""
"The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:75
msgid "Schedule Grid:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:76
msgid ""
"The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people "
"you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to "
"schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information "
"only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you "
"do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they "
"publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and "
"you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the <link xref="
"\"contacts-usage-edit-contact\">Contact Editor</link> under "
"<guiseq><gui>Personal information</gui> <gui>Web Addresses</gui><gui>Free/"
"Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:90 C/calendar-publishing.page:43
msgid ""
"You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP "
"server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP "
"PUT support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:94
msgid ""
"In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information "
"to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level "
"Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy "
"information when inviting you to a meeting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:97
msgid ""
"The default server can be defined under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui> <gui>Publishing "
"Information</gui> <gui>Default Free/Busy Server</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:108
msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:110
msgid ""
"If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, "
"you can add the URL under <guiseq><gui>Personal Information</gui><gui>Web "
"Addresses</gui></guiseq> in the <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact"
"\">Contact Editor</link>. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them,"
"<app>Evolution</app> looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy "
"data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-google.page:24
msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-google.page:27
msgid "Using a Google calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-google.page:37 C/contacts-google.page:32
msgid "Select the type <gui>Google</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-google.page:49 C/contacts-google.page:42
msgid "Enter your Google username."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-google.page:52
msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23
msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:26
msgid "Appearance of Appointments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:36
msgid ""
"The following calendar-related options are available under "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
"gui><gui>Display</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:41
#
msgid "General"
msgstr "General"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:45
#
msgid "Time Divisions:"
msgstr "Divisions de temps:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:46
msgid ""
"Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the "
"calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:50
#
msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:"
msgstr ""
"Mostra les hores de finalització de les cites en les visualitzacions "
"setmanals i mensuals:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:51
msgid ""
"If there is space, <app>Evolution</app> shows the end times in the week and "
"month views for each appointment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:55
#
msgid "Compress weekends in month view:"
msgstr "Comprimeix els caps de setmana en la visualització mensual:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:56
msgid ""
"Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the "
"month view."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:60
#
msgid "Show week numbers:"
msgstr "Mostra els números de setmana:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:61
msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:65
msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:68
msgid "Scroll Month View by a week"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:75
#
msgid "Date/Time Format"
msgstr "Format de data/hora"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:77
msgid ""
"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
"preferred format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:80
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21
msgid ""
"The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a "
"complete list of available strftime formats, run <cmd>date --help</cmd> in "
"the <app>Terminal</app> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27
msgid "General formatting options for the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:30
msgid "General formatting options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32
msgid ""
"The following options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:37
#
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Temps"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41
#
msgid "Time format:"
msgstr "Format de l'hora:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42
msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46
msgid "<link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Time zone</link> and Second zone:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47
msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53
#
msgid "Work Week"
msgstr "Setmana laborable"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:57
msgid "Week starts on:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:58
msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:61
#
msgid "Work days:"
msgstr "Dies laborables:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:62
msgid "Define which week days are work days."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:65
#
msgid "Day begins:"
msgstr "El dia comença a les:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:66
msgid "Define at which time your work day begins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:69
#
msgid "Day ends:"
msgstr "El dia s'acaba a les:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:70
msgid "Define at which time your work day ends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:77
#
msgid "Alerts"
msgstr "Avisos"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:79
msgid ""
"If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-layout.page:17
msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-layout.page:20
msgid "Changing the calendar layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23
msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:26
msgid "Available views"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28
msgid "<app>Evolution</app> offers five different views of your calendar data:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:33
msgid "Day (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36
msgid "Work Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:39
msgid "Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:42
msgid "Month (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:45
msgid "List (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:49
msgid ""
"You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by "
"clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Current View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:52
msgid ""
"You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the "
"side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:56
msgid ""
"The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar "
"pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. "
"To return to today's listing, click the <gui>Select today</gui> button "
"between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:61
msgid ""
"To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the <gui>Select a "
"specific date</gui> button in the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-local.page:17
msgid "Adding another local calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-local.page:20
msgid "Adding another local calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-local.page:22
msgid ""
"To add another local calendar to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following "
"steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-local.page:31 C/contacts-local.page:31 C/tasks-local.page:25
msgid "Select the type <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-local.page:40
msgid ""
"If you choose to use an existing calendar file which is already located on "
"your computer, you need to provide its location and whether <app>Evolution</"
"app> should only read from the file or if <app>Evolution</app> can also add "
"and alter items in that file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:17
msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:20
msgid "Time display in the Day view"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:22
msgid ""
"The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to "
"show the current date and time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:22
msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:25
msgid "Delegating Meetings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:27
msgid ""
"Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of "
"a meeting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:32
msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:35
msgid "Click <gui>Delegate Meeting</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:38
msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:41 C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:43
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:34
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:69 C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:40
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34 C/mail-filters.page:50
#: C/mail-filters.page:71 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:46
#: C/using-categories.page:51 C/using-categories.page:53
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:45
msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:17
msgid "Using meetings in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-meetings.page:20
msgid "Meetings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5
msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23
msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24
msgid ""
"Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an "
"email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25
msgid ""
"You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal "
"comment to your reply. Available options are to <gui>Decline</gui>, "
"Tentatively Accept (<gui>Tentative</gui>), or <gui>Accept</gui>. You can "
"also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in "
"your calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27
msgid ""
"If the meeting request already includes a <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-"
"reminders\">reminder</link> you can import the reminder to your calendar by "
"enabling <gui>Inherit reminder</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29
msgid ""
"If you click <gui>Accept</gui> the event is added automatically to the "
"calendar that you have chosen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30
msgid ""
"After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to "
"the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes "
"might be overwritten."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32
msgid ""
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
"gui><gui>Meeting Invitations</gui><gui>Conflict Search</gui></guiseq> you "
"can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26
msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28
msgid ""
"When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees "
"in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the "
"meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting "
"information, which also gives them the option to respond."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33
msgid ""
"If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling "
"an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting "
"and select <gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>. This opens a new email message "
"with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add "
"the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically "
"send you email about whether they plan to attend."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40
msgid "To schedule a meeting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48
msgid ""
"If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an "
"item in the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:52
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:36
msgid "Select a calendar in the <gui>Calendar</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:59
msgid ""
"Click <gui>View</gui> in the menu bar to show or hide the <gui>Type</gui>, "
"<gui>Role</gui>, <gui>Status</gui>, and <gui>RSVP</gui> fields."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:64
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:39 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47
msgid "Enter a brief summary in the <gui>Summary</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:67
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:42
msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:70
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:45
msgid ""
"To select this event as an all day event, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
"gui><gui>All Day Event</gui></guiseq>, or click the <gui>All Day Event</gui> "
"button on the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:75
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:50
#
msgid "Select the date and time."
msgstr "Seleccioneu la data i l'hora."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:78
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:53
msgid ""
"If the event is not an all day event, select either <gui>For</gui> to "
"specify the duration, or select <gui>Until</gui> to specify the ending time "
"of the event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:83
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:58
msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the <gui>Description</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:87
msgid ""
"To query <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">free/busy</link> information for "
"the attendees, click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or "
"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:92
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui> to save the meeting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:96
msgid ""
"An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:99
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:67
msgid ""
"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-"
"alarms-and-reminders\">reminder</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-recurrence"
"\">recurrence</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications"
"\">classification</link> for the event, or add an attachment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:107
msgid ""
"In <app>Evolution</app>, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the "
"organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to "
"change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to "
"invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional "
"people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended "
"that you forward the invitation message you received from the original "
"meeting organiser to additional participants."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:18
msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-organizing.page:21
msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:25
msgid "Post your calendar content in public."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:28
#
msgid "Calendar Publishing"
msgstr "Publicació de calendaris"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:30
msgid ""
"In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can "
"define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui> <gui>Publishing "
"Information</gui> <gui>Locations</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:40
msgid ""
"You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which "
"calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-publishing.page:47
msgid ""
"To immediately publish calendar information, click <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
"gui><gui>Publish Calendar Information</gui></guiseq> in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23
msgid "Repeating appointments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:26
msgid "Using Recurrence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:28
msgid ""
"If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its "
"recurrence by clicking the <gui>Recurrence</gui> button in the "
"<gui>Appointment Editor</gui> or by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</"
"gui><gui>Recurrence</gui></guiseq>. You can then choose a time and date when "
"the appointment stops recurring, and, under <gui>Exceptions</gui>, pick "
"individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections "
"from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and "
"Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 "
"occurrences.\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-searching.page:27
msgid "Searching appointments and meetings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-searching.page:30
msgid "Searching for Calendar Items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-searching.page:33 C/contacts-searching.page:43
#: C/mail-searching.page:39 C/memos-searching.page:39
#: C/tasks-searching.page:39
#
msgid "Quick Search"
msgstr "Cerca ràpida"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:35
msgid ""
"In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings "
"either by summary or by category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:38 C/memos-searching.page:41
#: C/tasks-searching.page:41
msgid "Searching by summary:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:42 C/contacts-searching.page:50
#: C/memos-searching.page:43 C/tasks-searching.page:43
msgid "Click the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:47 C/contacts-searching.page:55
#: C/mail-searching.page:43 C/memos-searching.page:44
#: C/tasks-searching.page:44
msgid "Select the search condition from the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:50 C/contacts-searching.page:58
#: C/mail-searching.page:47 C/memos-searching.page:45
#: C/tasks-searching.page:45
msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:53 C/calendar-searching.page:67
#: C/contacts-searching.page:62 C/contacts-searching.page:76
msgid "<app>Evolution</app> displays the search results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:57 C/contacts-searching.page:66
#: C/memos-searching.page:48 C/tasks-searching.page:48
msgid "Searching by category:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:61 C/contacts-searching.page:70
#: C/memos-searching.page:50 C/tasks-searching.page:50
msgid "Click the <gui>Show</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:64 C/contacts-searching.page:73
#: C/memos-searching.page:51 C/tasks-searching.page:51
msgid "Select the category from the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:71
msgid ""
"To go through the results you can use the two arrow buttons next to the "
"search field. This searches in currently enabled calendars. It searches from "
"the currently selected day in the given direction, in a range of 10 years by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-searching.page:76 C/contacts-searching.page:80
#: C/mail-searching.page:52 C/memos-searching.page:54
#: C/tasks-searching.page:54
msgid ""
"If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced "
"search, which is described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:17
msgid ""
"Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:21
msgid "Sharing your calendar information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:22
msgid "Using time zones in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:25
msgid "Using time zones"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:27
msgid "<app>Evolution</app> supports using multiple time zones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:30
msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:32
msgid ""
"By default <app>Evolution</app> uses the system-wide time zone. This can be "
"changed under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar "
"and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui> <gui>Time zone</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:37
msgid ""
"If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display "
"that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second "
"time zone under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar "
"and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui> <gui>Second zone</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:46
msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/calendar-timezones.page:48
msgid ""
"You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. "
"To do that, <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">add a new or edit an existing "
"appointment</link> and click the globe button to customize the time zone "
"that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a "
"telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make "
"sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-"
"appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:17
msgid "Adding an appointment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20
msgid "Adding an Appointment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Appointment</gui></guiseq>, "
"or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment "
"dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have "
"double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also "
"directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it "
"with the mouse."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:33
msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:61
msgid ""
"To show the time as <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">busy</link> to others, "
"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui> <gui>Show Time as Busy</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:17
msgid "Deleting an appointment in your calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20
msgid "Deleting an Appointment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the "
"appointment in the calendar and select <gui>Delete Appointment</gui>, or "
"click on the appointment and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or "
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>. If you are in the <link "
"xref=\"calendar-layout-views\">list view</link> you can also use "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Appointment</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:17
msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20
msgid "Editing an Appointment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27
msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:31
msgid ""
"Edit the appointment (see <link xref=\"calendar-usage-add-appointment"
"\">Adding an Appointment</link> for the list of available options)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:36 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49 C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29 C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27
msgid ""
"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> button, or <guiseq><gui>File</"
"gui><gui>Save</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-usage.page:18
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-usage.page:21
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25
msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:28
msgid "Using several calendars"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:30
msgid ""
"You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For "
"example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one "
"for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you "
"can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the "
"appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of "
"appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of "
"clutter in your view."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:38
msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear in different color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:40
msgid ""
"You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the "
"internet or in a local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:43
msgid ""
"For example, the <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\">icalshare.com website</"
"link> has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national "
"and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional "
"events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-weather.page:17
msgid "Display the weather in the calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-weather.page:20
msgid "Using a weather calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/calendar-weather.page:22 C/calendar-webdav.page:21
msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-weather.page:33
msgid "Select the type <gui>Weather</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-weather.page:46
msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-weather.page:53
msgid "Choose the temperature unit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:16
msgid "Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:19
msgid "Using a WebDAV calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:32 C/tasks-caldav.page:25 C/tasks-webdav.page:27
msgid "Select the type <gui>On the Web</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/calendar-webdav.page:52 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:33
msgid "Enter your username."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:20
msgid "Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:24
msgid "Changing the Switcher appearance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:26
msgid ""
"The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, "
"Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via <guiseq><gui>View</"
"gui><gui>Switcher Appearance</gui></guiseq>. This can be helpful if you have "
"a small display. You can also completely hide them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:31
msgid "The available options are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:35
#
msgid "Icons and Text"
msgstr "Icones i text"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:38
#
msgid "Icons Only"
msgstr "Només icones"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:41
#
msgid "Text Only"
msgstr "Només text"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:44
#
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estil de les barres d'eines"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:47
#
msgid "Show Buttons"
msgstr "Mostra els botons"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:21
msgid ""
"Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:25
msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:27
msgid ""
"You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received "
"email. Enable the plugin <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui> by going to "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>; click on <gui>Automatic "
"Contacts</gui> so that it shows a check mark. Then go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui> <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui></"
"guiseq> and enable the <gui>Create address book entries when sending emails</"
"gui> option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that "
"will receive the new contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:37
msgid ""
"From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received "
"mail when you reply to that mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:27
msgid ""
"Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:30
msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:32
msgid ""
"You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the "
"recipients text field and <app>Evolution</app> will present you with a list "
"of matches from your address books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:36
msgid ""
"To enable autocompletion, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Contacts</gui> <gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq> and choose the "
"address books from the list that <app>Evolution</app> should look in for "
"matches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:41
msgid ""
"Select <gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> to also "
"show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to "
"distinguish if a contact has several email addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:45
msgid ""
"Alternately, you can click the <gui>To:</gui>, <gui>Cc:</gui>, or <gui>Bcc:</"
"gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select "
"addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate "
"address columns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-google.page:18
msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-google.page:21
msgid "Using a Google addressbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-google.page:23
msgid ""
"To add such an address book to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following "
"steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-google.page:28 C/contacts-ldap.page:40 C/contacts-local.page:27
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui> <gui>Address Book</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-google.page:53 C/contacts-local.page:41
msgid ""
"The address book will be added to the list of address books in "
"<app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:25
msgid "Use shared address books on a local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:28
msgid "Adding LDAP access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:30
msgid ""
"The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a "
"network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to "
"maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common "
"LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:36
msgid "Adding an LDAP address book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:44
msgid ""
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, select the type <gui>On LDAP Servers</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:51
msgid ""
"Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) "
"and whether you want to connect securely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:55
msgid "Define the login method and your username."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:61
msgid "In the <gui>Details</gui> tab you can define the following settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:65
msgid ""
"Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. "
"Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:70
msgid ""
"Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The "
"following options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:74
msgid "One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:77
msgid "Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:82
msgid ""
"Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. "
"For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:86
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=*</code>: Lists all the objects from the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:90
msgid "<code>ObjectClass=User</code>: Lists only the users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:93
msgid ""
"<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code>: "
"Retrieves the User and Contact List objects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:97
msgid ""
"<code>(&amp;(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code>: Lists the objects associated "
"with the email addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:103
msgid ""
"Timeout (minutes): The maximum time <app>Evolution</app> attempts to "
"download data from the server before giving up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:107
msgid ""
"Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most "
"servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number "
"lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:117
msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:124
msgid "Differences to local address books"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:126
msgid ""
"LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the "
"following exceptions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:131
msgid ""
"Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If "
"you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache "
"some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your "
"desired contacts into the local address books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:137
msgid ""
"You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, "
"right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content "
"Locally for Offline Operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:142
msgid ""
"To prevent excess network traffic, <app>Evolution</app> does not normally "
"load data from the LDAP server upon opening."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-ldap.page:146
msgid ""
"Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the "
"fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or "
"all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than <app>Evolution</"
"app> allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different "
"settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:17
msgid ""
"Using data from <app>Evolution</app> address books in LibreOffice documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:21
msgid "Contacts in LibreOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:23
msgid ""
"You can use your <app>Evolution</app> address books in LibreOffice as a data "
"source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:28
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Exchange Database…</gui></guiseq> in the "
"menu bar. This will bring up the <gui>Exchange databases</gui> dialog box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:33
msgid ""
"In the right pane under <gui>Available Databases</gui>, <gui>EvolutionLocal</"
"gui> is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list "
"of your <app>Evolution</app> address books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:38
msgid "Choose an addressbook and click <gui style=\"button\">Define</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:41
msgid ""
"In case it is not listed already, click <gui style=\"button\">Browse…</gui>. "
"A file chooser dialog opens."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:45
msgid ""
"As <app>Evolution</app> stores its data in a hidden directory, press "
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq> to get the location bar "
"displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:50
msgid ""
"Go to <file>~/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db</"
"file> and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:56
msgid ""
"This makes the <app>Evolution</app> address book the default data source for "
"LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into a LibreOffice "
"document via <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Fields</gui><gui>Other</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-local.page:17
msgid "Adding another local address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-local.page:20
msgid "Adding another local address book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-local.page:22
msgid ""
"To add another local address book to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the "
"following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:18
msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:21
msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-organizing.page:23
msgid ""
"There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several "
"addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a "
"group of people contact lists are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-searching.page:25
msgid "Searching contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-searching.page:28
msgid "Searching Contacts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-searching.page:31
msgid "Searching in a Single Contact"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-searching.page:33
msgid ""
"To find text in the displayed contact, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Find in Contact…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-searching.page:40
msgid "Searching Across Contacts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-searching.page:44
msgid ""
"In the Contacts view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category "
"or by contact's info."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-searching.page:46
msgid "Searching by contact's info:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:17
msgid "Adding a contact to your address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20
msgid "Adding a Contact"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact</gui></guiseq>, or "
"right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click <gui>New "
"Contact…</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
"key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:51
msgid ""
"Select the address book under <gui>Where:</gui> to which it will be added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35
msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:38
msgid ""
"You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing "
"a stylized person) next to <gui>Full Name</gui> and <gui>Categories</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:48
msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:50
msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:54
msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:57
msgid "Select <gui>Add to Address Book…</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:60
msgid ""
"Either press <gui style=\"button\">Edit Full</gui> to bring up the full "
"<gui>Contact Editor</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to "
"directly add the contact to the chosen address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:17
msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20
msgid "Deleting a Contact"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the "
"contact and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the contact and click "
"<gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</"
"key></keyseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Contact</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:17
msgid "Editing a contact in your address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20
msgid "Editing a Contact"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27
msgid ""
"Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, "
"or select the contact and press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:31
#
msgid "Edit the contact information."
msgstr "Edita la informació del contacte."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-usage.page:17
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-usage.page:20
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23
msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:26
msgid "Using Contact Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:28
msgid ""
"A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. "
"When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of "
"the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only "
"on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email "
"address managed by a mailing list application on a server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34
msgid ""
"For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add "
"those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of "
"entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "
"\"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40
msgid "Creating a contact list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui> <gui>Contact List</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:55
msgid ""
"Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of "
"contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts "
"from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the <gui style=\"button"
"\">Select…</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:61
msgid ""
"Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message "
"to the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:62
msgid ""
"Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the "
"addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature "
"discussed in <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\">Sending a "
"message to several recipients</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:73
msgid ""
"The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in <app>Evolution</"
"app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:79
msgid "Sending messages to a contact list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:81
msgid ""
"To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the "
"contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click "
"the contact list in your address book and select <gui>Send Message to List</"
"gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:17
msgid ""
"Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:21
msgid "Adding and creating address books"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:23
msgid ""
"You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address "
"book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar "
"lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:28
msgid ""
"You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the "
"internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/credits.page:5
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/credits.page:20
msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/credits.page:23
msgid "Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:25 C/credits.page:55
msgid "André Klapper"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:28
msgid "April Gonzalez"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:31
msgid "Barbara M. Tobias"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:34
#
msgid "Phil Bull"
msgstr "Phil Bull"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/credits.page:41
msgid "Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is shown in the 'Translators of the User
#. Documentation' section. Please REPLACE this string by adding your own
#. names here so you get some well-deserved fame on the interwebs! Do NOT
#. use '\n' for linebreaks or square brakets for potential email addresses
#. here as this will not work. Thanks for all your hard work! andre
#: C/credits.page:43
msgid "(Not applicable to the English version)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/credits.page:47
msgid "Authors of the previous version"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/credits.page:89
#
msgid "Contact information"
msgstr "Informació del contacte"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/credits.page:90
#
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:"
msgstr "Projecte de documentació del GNOME:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:92
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">Website</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/credits.page:95
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-list"
"\">Mailing list</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/data-storage.page:5
msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/data-storage.page:20
msgid "Data storage locations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/data-storage.page:23
msgid "This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/data-storage.page:26
msgid ""
"Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the <link href=\"http://"
"www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/basedir-spec\">XDG Base Directory "
"Specification</link>. By default this means:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/data-storage.page:30
msgid "The user's data files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/data-storage.page:31
msgid "<file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/data-storage.page:34
msgid "Various configuration and state files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/data-storage.page:35
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/data-storage.page:38
#
msgid "Account settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres del compte"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/data-storage.page:39
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution/sources</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/data-storage.page:42
msgid "Disposable data caches"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/data-storage.page:43
msgid "<file>$HOME/.cache/evolution</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/data-storage.page:46
msgid "Configuration settings in GSettings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/data-storage.page:47
msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/dconf</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/default-browser.page:7
msgid ""
"Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from "
"an email link on a website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/default-browser.page:22
msgid "Opening links in and from the web browser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/default-browser.page:27
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/default-browser.page:31
msgid "In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/default-browser.page:34
msgid "Open a terminal application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/default-browser.page:37
msgid ""
"Find out the name of the <cmd>.desktop</cmd> file for your preferred "
"browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be "
"called for example <cmd>epiphany.desktop</cmd>, <cmd>firefox.desktop</cmd>, "
"<cmd>google-chrome.desktop</cmd>, <cmd>konqbrowser.desktop</cmd>, or "
"<cmd>opera-browser.desktop</cmd>. If you are unsure you can look up most "
"<cmd>.desktop</cmd> files in the folder <cmd>/usr/share/applications/</cmd>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/default-browser.page:40 C/default-browser.page:46
msgid ""
"Type this command, replace <cmd>browser.desktop</cmd> by the actual "
"filename, and press <key>Enter</key>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/default-browser.page:52
msgid "Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/default-browser.page:56
msgid ""
"If the error message \"xdg-settings: command not found\" is shown, you need "
"to install the package <sys>xdg-utils</sys>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/default-browser.page:59
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:xdg-utils\" style=\"button\">Install xdg-utils</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: choose/p
#: C/default-browser.page:64
msgid ""
"Please see <link xref=\"help:gnome-help/net-default-browser\" href=\"https://"
"help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/stable/net-default-browser\">the GNOME "
"Desktop Help</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: choose/p
#: C/default-browser.page:66
msgid ""
"If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not "
"work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug "
"tracker."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/default-browser.page:69
msgid ""
"If the error message \"Could not open the link: Operation not supported\" is "
"shown, you need to install the package <sys>gvfs</sys>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/default-browser.page:72
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:gvfs\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/"
"gvfs/\" style=\"button\">Install gvfs</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/default-browser.page:81
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/default-browser.page:83
msgid ""
"Please see <link xref=\"help:gnome-help/net-default-email\" href=\"https://"
"help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/stable/net-default-email\">the GNOME Desktop "
"Help</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/default-browser.page:88
#
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr "Opcions avançades"

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/default-browser.page:89
msgid ""
"If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by "
"defining scheme-handlers in <file>$HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps."
"list</file>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:5
msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:20
msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/deleting-appointments.page:22
msgid ""
"To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
"gui><gui>Purge</gui></guiseq> in the Calendar view. You will be asked how "
"many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action "
"will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of "
"calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/deleting-emails.page:5
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/deleting-emails.page:26
msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/deleting-emails.page:29 C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28
#: C/intro-main-window.page:35
#
msgid "Mail"
msgstr "Correu"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/deleting-emails.page:30
msgid ""
"Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by <em>marking</em> the messages "
"for deletion; space is not freed until you <em>expunge</em> the marked "
"emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/deleting-emails.page:32
msgid ""
"To Expunge a specific folder, go to <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</"
"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. To "
"Expunge all folders, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Empty Trash</gui></"
"guiseq>. This applies to other types of accounts as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/deleting-emails.page:36
#
msgid "Attachments"
msgstr "Adjuncions"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/deleting-emails.page:37
msgid ""
"To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click "
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Attachments</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5
msgid ""
"Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by "
"Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20
msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:7
msgid ""
"Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:22
msgid "Choosing the right connector"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:24
msgid ""
"Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would "
"like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is "
"installed that provides this functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:26
msgid ""
"For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the "
"package <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:30 C/intro-first-run.page:108
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:evolution-ews\" href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/"
"Evolution#Get_the_Source_Code\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-ews</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:36
msgid ""
"For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if <sys>evolution-ews</sys> "
"does not work well for you, try <sys>evolution-mapi</sys>. It uses "
"Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, "
"<sys>evolution-mapi</sys> requires installing <sys>OpenChange</sys> and "
"<sys>Samba 4</sys>, and is not as performant as <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:41 C/intro-first-run.page:132
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/"
"Evolution#Get_the_Source_Code\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-mapi</"
"link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:46
msgid ""
"If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may "
"want to contact your system administrator for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:5 C/exchange-placeholder.page:20
msgid "Connecting to Exchange Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:22
msgid ""
"For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"https://help."
"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-exchange.html\">old Evolution manual</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5
msgid "How to export calendar data from <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20
msgid "Exporting calendar data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22
msgid ""
"To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of "
"calendars and click <gui>Save as</gui>. Available formats are iCalendar "
"format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23
msgid ""
"If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select "
"the appointment and select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as iCalendar…</"
"gui></guiseq>, or right-click on the appointment and click <gui>Save as "
"iCalendar…</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5
msgid "How to export contacts data from <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23
msgid "Exporting contacts data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25
msgid ""
"Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26
msgid ""
"To export a complete address book, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save "
"Address Book As vCard</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27
msgid ""
"If you want to export only one contact, click <guiseq><gui>File</"
"gui><gui>Save as vCard</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the contact and "
"click <gui>Save as vCard</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5
msgid "How to export mail data from <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20
msgid "Exporting mail data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22
msgid ""
"To save an email to a file in <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mbox"
"\">mbox</link> format, select an email and click <guiseq><gui>File</"
"gui><gui>Save as mbox…</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the message and "
"click <gui>Save as mbox…</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24
msgid ""
"The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark "
"all messages in it first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25 C/mail-filters.page:30
msgid ""
"You can select all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Select All</gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>A</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/exporting-data.page:5
msgid "How to export data from <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/exporting-data.page:20
msgid "Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/google-services.page:5
msgid "Using Google services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/google-services.page:18
msgid "Using Google services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5
msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20
#
msgid "Mozilla"
msgstr "Mozilla"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:25 C/import-apps-outlook.page:60
#: C/import-single-files.page:24
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26 C/import-apps-outlook.page:61
#: C/import-single-files.page:25
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Importer Type</gui> tab, click <gui>Import a single file</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27
msgid ""
"Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, "
"Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder <file>$HOME/."
"thunderbird/12345678</file>. <file>12345678</file> will be a random string. "
"If you cannot see the <file>.thunderbird</file> folder, make sure to <link "
"xref=\"help:gnome-help/files-hidden#show-hidden\" href=\"https://help.gnome."
"org/users/gnome-help/stable/files-hidden#show-hidden\">show hidden files</"
"link> in the file selector dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:30
msgid ""
"If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to <file>Mail/Local "
"Folders</file> (for local mail accounts) or <file>ImapMail/servername</file> "
"(for remote mail accounts). <file>servername</file> will be the address of "
"your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages "
"(not the <file>.msf</file> files)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:31
msgid ""
"If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be "
"able to export your Thunderbird events as an <file>.ical</file>/<file>.ics</"
"file> file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as "
"Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:33 C/import-apps-outlook.page:62
#: C/import-single-files.page:26
msgid "The file type will be automatically determined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:34
msgid ""
"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the "
"imported data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:35 C/import-apps-outlook.page:66
msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5
msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23
#
msgid "Outlook"
msgstr "Outlook"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:26
msgid ""
"These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote "
"data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the "
"server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the "
"corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:29
msgid "Prerequisites under Windows"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:30
msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32
msgid ""
"Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending <file>.pst</"
"file> or <file>.ost</file>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35
#
msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35
#
msgid "Windows XP"
msgstr "Windows XP"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
msgid "Outlook 2010"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
msgid ""
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</"
"file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
msgid ""
"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft"
"\\Outlook</file>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:44
msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:47
msgid ""
"Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is "
"installed on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:48
msgid ""
"As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux "
"systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it "
"simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:53
msgid "Importing into Evolution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55
msgid ""
"Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the "
"data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows "
"drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:56
msgid ""
"Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57 C/mail-filters-not-working.page:48
msgid "Start Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58
msgid ""
"Optionally select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Folder</"
"gui></guiseq> to create the <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folders</link> you "
"want."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62
msgid ""
"Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to "
"import."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:63
msgid ""
"If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not "
"available under <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui><gui>Import single "
"file</gui><gui>File type</gui></guiseq>, your distribution might have not "
"enabled this functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:65 C/import-single-files.page:27
msgid ""
"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/import-data.page:5
msgid "Importing data from another application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/import-data.page:20
msgid "Importing data from another application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-data.page:23
#
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Aplicacions"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/import-single-files.page:5
msgid "Importing single files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/import-single-files.page:20
msgid "Importing single files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/import-single-files.page:22
msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-single-files.page:26
#
msgid "Choose the file."
msgstr "Trieu un fitxer."

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/import-single-files.page:30
msgid ""
"You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of "
"an email from its attachment menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5
msgid "Supported file formats for importing data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23
#
msgid "Supported file formats"
msgstr "Formats de fitxers compatibles"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25
msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30
msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32
msgid ""
"The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders "
"until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34
msgid "Maildir (no extension):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36
msgid ""
"The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is "
"no need to import Maildir files as you can <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-"
"maildir-format-directories\">configure a Maildir account</link> in Evolution "
"and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38
#
msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):"
msgstr "Carpetes personals de l'Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx):"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40
msgid ""
"The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer "
"versions PST import is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46 C/intro-main-window.page:89
#
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr "Calendari"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48
msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50
msgid ""
"A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, "
"Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52
msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54
msgid ""
"A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, "
"Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60 C/intro-main-window.page:135
#
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "Contactes"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62
#
msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):"
msgstr "Format d'intercanvi de dades LDAP (.ldif):"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64
msgid "A standard data format for contact cards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66
#
msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"
msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68
msgid ""
"The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact "
"management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from "
"any address book application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74
#
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Miscel·lània"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76
msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78
msgid ""
"CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, "
"Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80
#
msgid "Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):"
msgstr "Carpetes personals de l'Outlook (.pst):"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82
msgid ""
"A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and "
"other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, "
"Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called \"Personal "
"Storage Table\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/index.page:5
#
msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule"
msgstr "Gestioneu els correus electrònics, contactes i horaris"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/index.page:7
#
msgctxt "text"
msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar"
msgstr "Correu i calendari de l'Evolution"

#. (itstool) path: media/span
#: C/index.page:25
msgid "Evolution logo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/index.page:23
msgid "<_:media-1/> Evolution Mail and Calendar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/index.page:31 C/intro-application.page:24
#
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Primers passos"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:35
msgid "Mail Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:37
msgid "Advanced Mail Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/index.page:40
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:42 C/intro-first-run.page:54
#
msgid "IMAP+"
msgstr "IMAP+"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:48
msgid "Mail Composing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:50
msgid "Advanced Mail Composing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:55
#
msgid "Calendar Management"
msgstr "Gestió del calendari"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:57
msgid "Advanced Calendar Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:62
msgid "Contacts Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:66
msgid "Memos and Tasks Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:70
msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:74
msgid "Corporate Environments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:76
#
msgid "Microsoft Exchange"
msgstr "Microsoft Exchange"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:81
msgid "Tracking down Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:85
msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:89
msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/index.page:93
#
msgid "Further reading"
msgstr "Informació relacionada"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/intro-application.page:5
msgid "An introduction to Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/intro-application.page:25
msgid ""
"Evolution allows you to access your personal information like your "
"calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/intro-application.page:27
msgid ""
"By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your "
"mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the "
"bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called \"switcher\") and "
"selecting the desired view. <link xref=\"intro-main-window\">Learn more "
"about the elements of the main window.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-application.page:29
msgid ""
"When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you "
"can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar "
"view, use the command <cmd>evolution --component=calendar</cmd> in the "
"<app>Terminal</app> application. Other available options are \"mail\", "
"\"contacts\", \"tasks\", and \"memos\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/intro-first-run.page:8
msgid "Running Evolution for the very first time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:23
msgid "Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:25
msgid ""
"The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help "
"you set up email accounts and <link xref=\"import-data\">import data from "
"other applications.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:32
#
msgid "Restore from backup"
msgstr "Recupera des de la còpia de seguretat"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:33
msgid ""
"You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If "
"you do not have a backup, go to the next page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:37
msgctxt "ui:collapsed"
msgid "Show how to restore from a backup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:47 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26
#
msgid "Receiving Email"
msgstr "Recepció de correu"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:48
msgid ""
"First, choose the server type from the <gui>Server Type</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:49
msgid ""
"If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system "
"administrator or Internet Service Provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:51
msgid ""
"Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another "
"one, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui></guiseq>. Select the account you want to change, then click <gui style="
"\"button\">Edit</gui>. Alternately, add a new account by clicking <gui style="
"\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:55
msgid ""
"Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple "
"systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:59 C/intro-first-run.page:75
#: C/intro-first-run.page:91 C/intro-first-run.page:115
#: C/intro-first-run.page:139 C/intro-first-run.page:155
#: C/intro-first-run.page:171 C/intro-first-run.page:187
#: C/intro-first-run.page:203 C/intro-first-run.page:219
#: C/intro-first-run.page:246
msgctxt "ui:collapsed"
msgid "Show how to configure this account type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:61 C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23
msgid "IMAP+ receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:70
#
msgid "POP"
msgstr "POP"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:71
msgid "Downloads your email to your hard disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:77 C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27
msgid "POP receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:86
#
msgid "USENET News"
msgstr "Notícies USENET"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:87
msgid ""
"Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:93 C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23
msgid "Usenet news receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:102
msgid "Exchange EWS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:103
msgid ""
"For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note "
"that this is currently under development and will replace the <gui>Exchange "
"MAPI</gui> account type in the future. It might not be available yet for "
"your distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:105
msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-ews</sys> package installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:117 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:20
msgid "Exchange Web Services receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:126
msgid "Exchange MAPI"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:127
msgid "For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:129
msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-mapi</sys> package installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:141 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20
msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:150
#
msgid "Local delivery"
msgstr "Lliurament local"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:151
msgid ""
"Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where "
"mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to "
"provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave "
"email in your system's spool files, choose the <gui>Standard Unix Mbox "
"Spool</gui> option instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:157 C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20
msgid "Local delivery receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:166
#
msgid "MH-Format Mail Directories"
msgstr "Directoris de correu en format MH"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:167
msgid "For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:173
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20
msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:182
#
msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories"
msgstr "Directoris de correu en format maildir"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:183
msgid ""
"Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or "
"another Maildir-style application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:189
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20
msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:198
#
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file"
msgstr "Fitxer mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:199
msgid ""
"Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail "
"spool file on your local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:205
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:214
#
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory"
msgstr "Directori mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:215
msgid ""
"Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the "
"mail spool directory on your local system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:221
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20
msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:230
#
msgid "None"
msgstr "Cap"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:231
msgid "If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:237 C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:32
#
msgid "Sending mail"
msgstr "Enviant el correu"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:238
msgid "Available server types are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:241
#
msgid "SMTP"
msgstr "SMTP"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:242
msgid ""
"Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for "
"sending mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:248 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:26
msgid "SMTP sending options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:257
#
msgid "Sendmail"
msgstr "Sendmail"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:258
msgid ""
"Uses the <app>Sendmail</app> application to send mail from your system. It "
"is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know "
"how to set up a Sendmail service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:264
#
msgid "Account Information"
msgstr "Informació de compte"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:265
msgid "Give the account any name you prefer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/intro-first-run.page:269
msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-first-run.page:270
msgid ""
"Continue with <link xref=\"import-data\">Importing data from another "
"application</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/intro-main-window.page:37
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' "
"md5='3156497ff1c51756838f9ddfbce9baee'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/intro-main-window.page:5
msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:29
msgid "The <app>Evolution</app> main window"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:32
msgid ""
"Evolution provides functionality for Email, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and "
"Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the \"Switcher\" "
"buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality "
"also the displayed elements in the window differ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: media/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:38
msgid "The Evolution mail main window"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:41
msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:44 C/intro-main-window.page:93
#: C/intro-main-window.page:139
msgid "<_:media-1/> Menu bar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:47 C/intro-main-window.page:96
#: C/intro-main-window.page:142
msgid "<_:media-1/> Tool bar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:50
msgid "<_:media-1/> Folder list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:51 C/intro-main-window.page:100
#: C/intro-main-window.page:146
msgid "<_:media-1/> Search bar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:54
msgid "<_:media-1/> Message list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:57 C/intro-main-window.page:111
#: C/intro-main-window.page:152
msgid "<_:media-1/> Switcher"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:58
msgid "<_:media-1/> Preview pane"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:61 C/intro-main-window.page:114
#: C/intro-main-window.page:156
msgid "<_:media-1/> Status bar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:67
#
msgid "Folder list"
msgstr "Llista de carpetes"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:68
msgid ""
"The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. "
"To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are "
"displayed in the message list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:69
msgid ""
"For more information see <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Using Folders</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:72
msgid "Message List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:73
msgid ""
"The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in "
"the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message "
"in the message list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:76
#
msgid "Switcher"
msgstr "Commutador"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:77
msgid ""
"The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the "
"Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:77
msgid ""
"For more information see <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance\">Changing "
"the Switcher appearance</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:78
msgid ""
"You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling "
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Layout</gui><gui>Show Side Bar</gui></guiseq> or "
"pressing <key>F9</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:81
msgid "Preview Pane"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:82
msgid ""
"The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the "
"message list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:83
msgid ""
"You can disable the preview pane by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:90
msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:99
msgid "<_:media-1/> Calendar list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:103
msgid "<_:media-1/> Appointment list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:104
#
msgid "Task list"
msgstr "Llista de tasques"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:107
msgid "Month pane"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:108
msgid "Memo list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:119
msgid "Appointment List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:120
msgid ""
"The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time "
"frame selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:123
msgid "Month Pane"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:124
msgid ""
"The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional "
"months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of "
"days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/title
#: C/intro-main-window.page:127
msgid "Task list and Memo list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:128
msgid ""
"Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated "
"to any appointments. Use the <gui>switcher</gui> to go to their main windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:136
msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:145
msgid "<_:media-1/> Address book list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:149
msgid "<_:media-1/> Contacts list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:153
msgid "<_:media-1/> Contact preview"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/intro-main-window.page:159
msgid ""
"You can disable the contact preview by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Contact Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/legal.xml:5
#
msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
msgstr "Creative Commons Atribució Compartir Igual 3.0 Llicència no portada"

#. (itstool) path: license/p
#: C/legal.xml:4
#
msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
msgstr "Aquest treball està llicenciat sota <_:link-1/>."

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5
msgid "How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24
msgid "Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-imap-plus\">IMAP+ mail "
"account settings</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28
msgid ""
"To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See "
"the <link href=\"https://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?"
"answer=77695\">Gmail Help</link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5
msgid "How to set up a Gmail POP Account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:28
msgid "Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30
msgid "Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33
msgid "Log in to your Gmail account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34
msgid ""
"Go to <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Forwarding and POP/IMAP</gui></"
"guiseq>. Refer to the POP Download section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:35
msgid ""
"Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds "
"to either of these options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37
msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38
msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:41
msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:42
msgid ""
"To know the Gmail Account settings, click on <gui>Configuration "
"instructions</gui>. Choose <gui>I want to enable POP</gui> and select "
"<gui>Other</gui> from the list of clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:43
msgid ""
"On your Evolution client, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>. Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:44
msgid ""
"Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5
msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:20
msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:23
#
msgid "Account Editor"
msgstr "Editor de comptes"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24
msgid ""
"Mail accounts can be added by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
"gui><gui>Mail Account</gui></guiseq> or via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</"
"gui></guiseq>. The steps are mostly the same as for the <link xref=\"intro-"
"first-run\">First-Run Assistant</link>, except for not getting asked whether "
"to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25
msgid ""
"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq> or by "
"right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and "
"choosing <gui>Properties</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:27
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:26
msgid "The following settings are available when editing an existing account:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:39
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:38
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:38
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:46
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:45
#
msgid "Sending Email"
msgstr "Enviament de correu"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:53
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:52
#
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr "Opcions per defecte"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:60
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:52
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:57
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:59
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:59
#
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Seguretat"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:68
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Other settings (IMAP+ accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:70
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:68
msgid "Other settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:71
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:69
msgid ""
"Other account related settings that are not located in the <gui>Account "
"Editor</gui>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:20
msgid "Local Delivery account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:26
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25
msgid ""
"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Local Delivery accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Local Delivery accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:20
msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24
msgid "Evolution supports the Maildir++ specification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:37
msgctxt "link"
msgid ""
"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories "
"accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:44
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:51
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:58
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-management.page:5
msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-management.page:20
#
msgid "Account Management"
msgstr "Gestió de comptes"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-management.page:23
msgid "Common Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-management.page:27
msgid "Local Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-management.page:31
msgid "Corporate Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:20
msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid ""
"Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:20
msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:20
msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:49
msgid "Exchange Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:50
msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:55
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:21
msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:23
msgid ""
"Please first read <link xref=\"exchange-connectors-overview\">Choosing the "
"right connector</link> to find out about the right Exchange account type for "
"you."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:20
msgid "POP mail account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (POP accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (POP accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (POP accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid ""
"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory "
"accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20
msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid ""
"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File "
"accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5
msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:20
msgid "Usenet news account settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:36
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:43
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Sending Email (Usenet News accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:50
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Defaults (Usenet News accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:57
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Security (Usenet News accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:66
msgctxt "link"
msgid "Other settings (Usenet News accounts)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-attachments.page:5
msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-attachments.page:18
msgid "Managing attachments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5
msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24
msgid "Handling attachments in received mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26
msgid ""
"If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution "
"displays the number of attachments and a <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> or "
"<gui style=\"button\">Save All</gui> button between the email header and the "
"content of the email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:27
msgid ""
"Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one "
"folder at once."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29
msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30
msgid ""
"To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment "
"icon and click <gui>Save As</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:31
msgid ""
"To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to "
"the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33
msgid ""
"The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of "
"attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For "
"example, image files can be opened in the <gui>Image Viewer</gui> "
"application or in the <gui>GIMP</gui> graphics editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5
msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24
msgid "Adding attachments to an email"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27
msgid "Attaching files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28
msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30
msgid ""
"Click <gui>Add Attachment…</gui>, or click <guiseq><gui>Insert</"
"gui><gui>Attachment</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</"
"key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31
msgid "Select the file you want to attach."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34
msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36
msgid ""
"When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be "
"aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40
#
msgid "Attachment Reminder"
msgstr "Recordatori d'adjuncions"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42
msgid ""
"Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself "
"to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached "
"the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44
msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:28
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47
msgid "Enable <gui>Attachment Reminder</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:30
msgid "Click the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:49
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>, then enter keywords in your language "
"such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51
msgid ""
"Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every "
"mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email "
"and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5
msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21
msgid "Sending invitations by email"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23
msgid ""
"If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send "
"invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The "
"invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25
msgid ""
"To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose "
"<gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27
msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30
#
msgid "Accept:"
msgstr "Accepta:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31
msgid ""
"Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the "
"meeting is entered into your calendar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33
msgid "Tentatively Accept:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34
msgid ""
"Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK "
"button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as "
"tentative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36
#
msgid "Decline:"
msgstr "Declina:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37
msgid ""
"Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered "
"into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the "
"meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39
#
msgid "Send reply to sender:"
msgstr "Respon al remitent:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40
msgid ""
"Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5
msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20
msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24
msgid ""
"Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. "
"These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27
msgid ""
"Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. "
"Perhaps the <gui>Show</gui> dropdown list is set to a filter like <gui>Read "
"Messages</gui>, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom "
"icon to clear the search field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30
msgid ""
"If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not "
"maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do "
"this, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message "
"Preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33
msgid ""
"Look in the <gui>Junk</gui> folder. Messages that are marked as Junk "
"disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:38
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> to "
"make sure all messages are visible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:41
msgid ""
"Check your default folder under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Email Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. "
"Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5
msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20
msgid "Changing the message list columns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on "
"the column headers and choose either <gui>Add a Column…</gui> or <gui>Remove "
"This Column</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23
msgid ""
"If you have a small display, you can replace the <gui>Subject</gui> column "
"by the <gui>Subject - Trimmed</gui> which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:"
"\", or you can replace the <gui>From</gui> column which displays the "
"sender's name and email address by the <gui>Sender</gui> column which will "
"only display the sender's name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:25
msgid ""
"If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except "
"for the <gui>Sent</gui> folder, you can enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
"gui><gui>Apply the same view settings to all folders</gui></guiseq>. Note "
"that this setting also influences <link xref=\"mail-sorting-message-"
"list#email-threads\"><gui>Group by Threads</gui></link> and the <gui>Message "
"Preview</gui> visibility in all folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5
msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19
msgid "Format of dates and time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20
msgid ""
"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
"preferred format under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</gui><gui>Date/Time format</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:7
msgid ""
"It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering "
"mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24
msgid "Changing the \"On date, person wrote:\" string when replying"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:26
msgid "Advanced users can change this string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:29
msgid "Open the <app>dconf-editor</app> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:30
msgid "Navigate to <code>org.gnome.evolution.mail</code>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:31
msgid ""
"Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key <gui>composer-"
"message-attribution</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:35
msgid ""
"You might need to install the <sys>dconf-editor</sys> package to perform "
"these steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:38
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:dconf-editor\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/"
"sources/dconf/\" style=\"button\">Install dconf-editor</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5
msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23
msgid "Custom Header Lines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25
msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28
msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29
msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32
msgid "Enable <gui>Custom Header</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:34
msgid ""
"You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you "
"add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of "
"the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use "
"a semicolon to separate every value you enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:39
msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq> or press "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the "
"message composer window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:42
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Custom Header</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Email Custom Header</gui> window, you can view all the defined "
"header fields and values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44
msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:5
msgid "Enable HTML format in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:21
msgid "Enabling HTML format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:23
msgid ""
"You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the "
"email composer by choosing <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> "
"from the menu bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:24
msgid ""
"Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the "
"<gui>Subject</gui> line from <gui>Plain Text</gui> to <gui>HTML</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:25
msgid ""
"If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the "
"<gui>Subject</gui> line with HTML-only options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:26
msgid ""
"To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
"Behavior</gui><gui>Format messages in HTML</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5
msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23
msgid "Forwarding a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25
msgid ""
"When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups "
"that might be interested."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26
msgid ""
"You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the "
"default setting, see <link xref=\"#default-settings\">Default settings</"
"link>), inline (in your message without the &gt; character before each "
"line), or quoted (with &gt; character before each line)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27
msgid ""
"Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered "
"message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to "
"send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on "
"different sections of the message you are forwarding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29
msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward</gui></guiseq>, the "
"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>F</key></keyseq> to use the default forwarding method. In case you "
"want to use a different forward method, click <guiseq><gui>Message</"
"gui><gui>Forward as</gui></guiseq> or the small dropdown arrow next to the "
"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar to choose the method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32
msgid ""
"Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although "
"you can alter it if you want."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33
msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Send</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37
msgid ""
"Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send "
"the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any "
"attachments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40 C/mail-composer-reply.page:53
#
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres per defecte"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41
msgid ""
"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Forward style</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5
msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21
msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward as…</gui></guiseq> and choose "
"<gui>Attachment</gui>, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get "
"attached to the email you want to send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26
msgid ""
"If you want to have this setting by default, set <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Forward Style</"
"gui></guiseq> to <gui>Attachment</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5
msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21
msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23
msgid ""
"You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the "
"cursor):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Image…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26
msgid "Browse to and select the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27
msgid "Click <gui>Open</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30
msgid ""
"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below "
"the <gui>Subject</gui> line, or drag an image into the text area of the "
"message composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5
msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21
msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24
msgid "You can insert links into the email:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26
msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27
msgid ""
"Either click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Link…</gui></guiseq> in the "
"menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click <gui>Insert Link</"
"gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29
#
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr "Feu clic a <gui>Tanca</gui>."

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32
msgid ""
"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below "
"the <gui>Subject</gui> line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:34
msgid ""
"If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the "
"link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:5
msgid "Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:21
msgid "Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:25
msgid ""
"Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are "
"located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line. They also appear "
"in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:26 C/mail-composer-html-text.page:24
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:24
msgid ""
"The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you "
"hold your mouse pointer over the buttons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:28
msgid ""
"Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. "
"However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, "
"which is the format that also web pages use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:30
msgid ""
"Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive "
"HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of "
"this, <app>Evolution</app> sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for "
"HTML."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:33
msgid "Plain Text Formatting Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-html.page:37
msgid "HTML-only Formatting Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5
msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21
msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23
msgid ""
"You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of "
"the cursor) to help divide two sections:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Rule…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26
msgid "Select width, size, and alignment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27
msgid "Select <gui>Shaded</gui> if wanted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5
msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21
msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23
msgid ""
"You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the "
"cursor):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Table…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27
msgid "Define the type of layout for the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28
msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5
msgid "Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21
msgid "Formatting Text in HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:23
msgid ""
"Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in "
"the second tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line after enabling HTML "
"format. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
"menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:27
msgid "Text Styles:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:28
msgid ""
"Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email "
"looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If "
"you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:32
#
msgid "Button"
msgstr "Botó"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:33
#
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descripció"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36
#
msgid "+0"
msgstr "+0"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:37
#
msgid "Font size."
msgstr "Mida del tipus de lletra."

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41
msgid ""
"Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a "
"new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, "
"the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, "
"the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background "
"color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting "
"<guiseq><gui>Style</gui><gui>Page Style</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:44
#
msgid "TT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45
msgid "Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:48
#
msgid "Bold A"
msgstr "Negreta A"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49
msgid "Bolds the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:52
#
msgid "Italic A"
msgstr "Cursiva A"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:53
msgid "Italicizes the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:56
#
msgid "Underlined A"
msgstr "Subratllat A"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:57
msgid "Underlines the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:60
#
msgid "Strike through A"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:61
msgid "Marks a line through the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:65
msgid ""
"The other buttons are explained under <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
"html#formatting-options-html\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5
msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20
msgid "Managing signatures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22
msgid ""
"You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer preferences</gui><gui>Signatures</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23
msgid ""
"Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the "
"<link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account\">account settings</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5
msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21
msgid "Working with email signatures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23
msgid ""
"A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that "
"will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact "
"information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a "
"space (<code>-- </code>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24
msgid ""
"The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of <link xref="
"\"mail-encryption\">encryption</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5
msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:29
msgid "Default account signature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:31
msgid ""
"You can define a default <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures"
"\">signature</link> for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Identity</gui><gui>Optional Information</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:33
msgid ""
"If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not "
"want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you "
"can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email "
"composer window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5
msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:28
msgid "Message Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24
msgid ""
"A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to "
"send mail with the same pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25
msgid ""
"To enable the Message Template Plugin, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq> and enable <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:5
msgid "Use one of your templates for replying to a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:23
msgid "Using a Template as a Reply"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:27
msgid ""
"Right-click the message you are replying to, then click <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:28
msgid ""
"This option lists all the message templates in the <gui>Templates</gui> "
"folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:31
msgid ""
"Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the "
"email composer window that will open."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:34
msgid "Click <gui>Send</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:35
msgid ""
"When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is "
"preserved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:5
msgid "Store an existing or new message as a template"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:23
msgid "Saving Messages as Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:26
msgid "Saving an Existing Message as a Template"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:28
msgid "Select the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:29
msgid ""
"Right-click the message and choose <gui>Move to folder</gui> or <gui>Copy to "
"folder</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:30
msgid ""
"Select the <gui>Templates</gui> folder under <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:32
msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:34
msgid "Open the message and click <gui>Reply</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:35
msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:36
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:47
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as Template</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:41
msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:44
msgid ""
"Click <gui>New</gui> and enter in the composer window what you need for the "
"template."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:5
msgid ""
"Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply "
"to"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:23
msgid "Using Variables in Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:26
msgid "Configuring Variables for Message Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:29
msgid "Click <gui>Templates</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:31
msgid ""
"You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number "
"of key-value pairs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:33
msgid ""
"In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it "
"has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the "
"value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the "
"message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:34
msgid ""
"Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name "
"in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy "
"for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If "
"the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the "
"Configuration tab of this plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:35
msgid ""
"By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. "
"An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For "
"example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value "
"when the template is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:36
msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:39
msgid ""
"$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the "
"Templates plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:42
msgid ""
"If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its "
"environment variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:45
msgid ""
"If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no "
"changes are made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:52
msgid "Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:53
msgid ""
"Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of <link xref="
"\"#configure\">key-value pairs</link>. You can also get any message header "
"values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the "
"complete message body."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[subject] and $ORIG[body] in this
#. sentence!
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:56
msgid ""
"In order to do this, use the format <code>$ORIG[header_name]</code> and "
"replace the variable <code>header_name</code> by the actual header. For "
"example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that "
"you reply to, use <code>$ORIG[subject]</code>. To insert the complete body, "
"use <code>$ORIG[body]</code>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[body] and $ORIG[reply-to] in
#. this sentence!
#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:59
msgid ""
"If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed "
"(except for <code>$ORIG[body]</code>) but left in place so that you see that "
"something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are "
"not necessarily always available in the original message (for example <code>"
"$ORIG[reply-to]</code>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:5
msgid "Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:21
msgid "Formatting Text in Plain Text Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:23
msgid ""
"Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</"
"gui> line. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
"menus."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:27
msgid "Headers and Lists:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:28
msgid ""
"At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose <gui>Normal</gui> for a "
"default text style or <gui>Header 1</gui> through <gui>Header 6</gui> for "
"varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include "
"<gui>Preformat</gui>, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, "
"and three types of bullet points for lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:29
msgid ""
"For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can "
"use the <gui>Bulleted List</gui> style from the style dropdown list. "
"Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple "
"levels of indentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:33
#
msgid "Alignment:"
msgstr "Alineació:"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:34
msgid ""
"Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons "
"should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most "
"button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the "
"right button aligns the text to the right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:38
msgid "Indentation Rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:39
msgid ""
"The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, "
"and the right arrow increases its indentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5
msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23
msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25
msgid ""
"You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its "
"relative importance. To prioritize a message, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
"gui><gui>Prioritize Message</gui></guiseq> in the composer window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27
msgid ""
"Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the "
"recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set "
"the \"Important\" flag for any messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5
msgid "Answering a received email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23
msgid "Replying to a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26
msgid "Replying to Email Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27
msgid ""
"To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list "
"and click the <gui>Reply</gui> button in the toolbar, or right-click within "
"the message and select <gui>Reply to Sender</gui>. This opens the message "
"composer. The <gui>To:</gui> and <gui>Subject:</gui> fields are already "
"filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full "
"text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey "
"with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the &gt; character "
"before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the "
"previous message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28
msgid ""
"If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use <gui>Reply "
"to All</gui> instead of <gui>Reply</gui>. If there are large numbers of "
"people in the <gui>Cc:</gui> or <gui>To:</gui> fields, this can save "
"substantial amounts of time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32
msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33
msgid ""
"Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal "
"company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all "
"of them to read, he uses <gui>Reply to All</gui>, but if he just wants to "
"tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses <gui>Reply</gui>. His reply does "
"not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not "
"shared with anyone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34
msgid ""
"If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the "
"list rather than to the sender, select <gui>Reply to List</gui> instead of "
"<gui>Reply</gui> or <gui>Reply to All</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38
#
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
msgstr "Dreceres de teclat"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41
#
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acció"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41
msgid "Shortcut keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43
#
msgid "Reply to Sender"
msgstr "Respon al remitent"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43
#
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45
#
msgid "Reply to Mailing List"
msgstr "Respon a la llista de correu"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45
#
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47
#
msgid "Reply to All"
msgstr "Respon a tots"

#. (itstool) path: td/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47
#
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Majúscules</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54
msgid ""
"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Reply style</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:5
msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:21
msgid "Searching in the mail composer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:23
msgid ""
"Under the <gui>Edit</gui> menu in the message composer there are several "
"text searching features available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:26
msgid "<gui>Find</gui>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:27
msgid "Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:30
msgid "<gui>Find Again</gui>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:31
msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:34
msgid "<gui>Replace</gui>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:35
msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:39
msgid ""
"For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in "
"the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine "
"whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-search.page:40
msgid ""
"If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use "
"<link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\">Regular "
"expressions</link> for searching."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5
msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26
msgid "Sending a message to several recipients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28
msgid ""
"To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the "
"composer by separating them with commas or semicolons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30
msgid ""
"If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create "
"<link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link> to send "
"them mail as though they have a single address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33
msgid "Recipient types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34
msgid ""
"Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest "
"way is to put the email address or addresses in the <gui>To:</gui> text "
"field. The <gui>Cc:</gui> text field is used for recipients that are meant "
"to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36
msgid ""
"Addresses in the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field are hidden from the other "
"recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of "
"people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a "
"concern. If the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field is not shown, click "
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Bcc Field</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40
#
msgid "Autocompletion"
msgstr "Compleció automàtica"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41
msgid ""
"It is recommended to use the <link xref=\"contacts-autocompletion"
"\">Autocompletion</link> feature of the Evolution address book for entering "
"addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45
msgid "Using the buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47
msgid ""
"Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the <gui style="
"\"button\">To:</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Cc:</gui>, or <gui style=\"button"
"\">Bcc:</gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address "
"books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into "
"the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:7
msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:22
#
msgid "Spell checking"
msgstr "Verificació de l'ortografia"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27
msgid "Prerequirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28
msgid ""
"To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make "
"sure that the <sys>hunspell</sys> package for your specific language and the "
"<sys>enchant</sys> package are installed via the software management tool of "
"your distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:31
msgid ""
"You might need to install <sys>hunspell</sys> and/or <sys>enchant</sys> to "
"perform these steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:hunspell\" href=\"http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/\" "
"style=\"button\">Install hunspell</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:35
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:enchant\" href=\"http://www.abisource.com/projects/"
"enchant/\" style=\"button\">Install enchant</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:42
msgid "Global Preferences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:44
msgid ""
"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer "
"Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Options</gui></guiseq> you "
"can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color "
"is used for underlining words that are misspelled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:46
msgid ""
"You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in "
"the list available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Languages</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:50
msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:51
msgid ""
"If you do not have <gui>Checking spelling while I type</gui> enabled in the "
"<link xref=\"#global-preferences\">Composer Preferences</link> you can run a "
"spell check in the email composer by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui></guiseq> or by pressing <key>F7</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5
msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23
msgid "Composing a new message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25
msgid ""
"You can start writing a new email message by clicking <guiseq><gui>File</"
"gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq>, by pressing "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, or by clicking "
"<gui>New</gui> in the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27
msgid ""
"Enter an email address in the <gui>To:</gui> field. If you want to enter "
"multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
"several-recipients\"/> for more information on sending messages to more than "
"one person."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29
msgid ""
"After you have written your message, click <gui>Send</gui> or press "
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5
msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:29
msgid "Default CC and BCC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:31
msgid ""
"You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent "
"mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other "
"recipients) in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account editor "
"(<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5
msgid "Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:29
msgid "Mail folder locations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:31
msgid ""
"You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder "
"and Sent folder in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account "
"editor (<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32
msgid ""
"For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on "
"the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding <gui>Use a "
"Real Folder</gui> option. In this case, Evolution's local <link xref=\"mail-"
"search-folders\">virtual folders</link> will not be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5
msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25
msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28
#
msgid "Deleting Messages"
msgstr "Suprimint els missatges"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30
msgid ""
"To delete a message, select it and press the <key>Delete</key> key, or click "
"the <gui style=\"button\">Delete</gui> button in the toolbar, or press "
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or right-click the message and "
"click <gui>Delete</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32
msgid ""
"When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually "
"deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for "
"deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click "
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq>. You can "
"view the messages striken off for later deletion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34
msgid ""
"To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click "
"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</gui></guiseq> or press "
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:38
msgid "Undeleting Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:40
msgid ""
"You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To "
"undelete a message, select the message, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Undelete message</gui></guiseq>. Note that <guiseq><gui>View</"
"gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> must be enabled for this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:42
msgid ""
"If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the "
"message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5
msgid "When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:21
#
msgid "Character Encodings"
msgstr "Codificacions de caràcters"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24
msgid "Received mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:26
msgid ""
"If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain "
"text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. "
"If you receive such messages, choose <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Character "
"Encoding</gui></guiseq> from the main menu and change the currently chosen "
"character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by "
"the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:27
msgid ""
"To make this the default setting, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
"gui><gui>Message Display</gui><gui>Default character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:34
msgid ""
"In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character "
"encoding for messages that you send, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
"Behavior</gui><gui>Character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:35
msgid ""
"This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as <link xref=\"mail-"
"composer-html\">HTML messages</link> always use UTF-8 encoding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5
msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23
msgid "Collapsible Message Headers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25
msgid ""
"Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows "
"only five addresses in the message preview."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27
msgid ""
"To see all recipients, click the <_:media-1/> icon next to the <gui>To:</"
"gui> or <gui>Cc:</gui> line, or click the ellipsis (…) at the end of the "
"five displayed addresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29
msgid ""
"To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and "
"sender in one line, click the icon <_:media-1/> next to the <gui>From:</gui> "
"line. This is helpful on small screens."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5
msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:27
msgid "Images in HTML messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:29
msgid ""
"When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the "
"message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays "
"the image inside the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:32
#
msgid "Loading images"
msgstr "Càrrega de les imatges"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33
msgid ""
"Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. "
"Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so "
"unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to "
"load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the "
"email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:35
msgid ""
"To load the images for one message, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Load "
"Images</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:37
msgid ""
"To set the default action for loading images, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>HTML Messages</"
"gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:41
msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:43
msgid ""
"You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</"
"gui><gui>HTML Messages</gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>. Enable the "
"<gui>Load images only in messages from contacts</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:45
msgid ""
"Next, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</"
"gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq>. Enable autocompletion by ticking the "
"<gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:49
#
msgid "Saving images"
msgstr "Desant les imatges"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50
msgid ""
"To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image "
"and click <gui>Save Image…</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5
msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:20
#
msgid "Display of a message"
msgstr "Visualització dels missatges"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:23
#
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançat"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5
msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23
msgid "Photograph Message Headers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:26
msgid ""
"Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at "
"the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a "
"photograph in the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29
msgid ""
"You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an "
"email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph "
"stored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31
msgid ""
"To enable this functionality, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</"
"gui><gui>Show the photograph of sender in the message preview</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33
msgid ""
"If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:5
msgid "Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:20
#
msgid "Message Source"
msgstr "Codi font del missatge"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:22
msgid ""
"To view the message data, click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Message "
"Source</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>. "
"This will display the message data in a new window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:24
msgid ""
"To only view the complete headers for a message, click <guiseq><gui>View</"
"gui><gui>All Message Headers</gui></guiseq>. This will display the complete "
"header data on the viewing pane."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:5
msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:24
msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:27
msgid "Removing duplicate emails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:28
msgid ""
"To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select "
"all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Select All</"
"gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>) and "
"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Duplicate Messages</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:33
msgid "Reasons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:34
msgid ""
"Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:36
msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:37
msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-duplicates.page:38
msgid ""
"The cache files located at <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/</"
"file> are not writable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:23
msgid "Creating a GPG key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:25
msgid ""
"These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the "
"<link xref=\"help:seahorse/pgp-create\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/"
"seahorse/stable/pgp-create\"><app>Seahorse</app> application</link> for "
"creating GPG/OpenPGP keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:29
msgid ""
"Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your "
"public and private keys with GPG."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:31
msgid ""
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application and enter <cmd>gpg --gen-key</cmd>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:32
msgid "Select an algorithm, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:33
msgid "Select a key length, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:34
msgid "Enter how long your key should be valid for."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:35
msgid "Type your real name, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:36
msgid "Type your email address, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:37
msgid "(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:38
msgid "Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:39
msgid "Type a passphrase, then press Enter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:40
msgid "Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:43
msgid ""
"After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering "
"<cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd>. You should see something similar to this: "
"<code> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub "
"1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you &lt;you@example.com&gt; sub 1024g/289sklj3 "
"2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]</code>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:44
msgid ""
"GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your "
"private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file <file>~/."
"gnupg/pubring.gpg</file>. If you want to give other people your key, send "
"them that file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:45
msgid "If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:47
msgid ""
"Check your public key ID with <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. It is the string "
"after <code>1024D</code> on the line beginning with <code>pub</code>. In the "
"example above, it is <code>32j38dk2</code>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:48
msgid ""
"Enter the command <cmd>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</"
"cmd>. Substitute your key ID for <code>32j38dk2</code>. You need your "
"password to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:51
msgid ""
"Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt "
"your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send "
"your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own "
"Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people "
"download it from a central place when they want."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:52
msgid ""
"If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your "
"encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an "
"error message appears."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5
msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23
msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26
msgid "Decrypting a received message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27
msgid ""
"If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can "
"read it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28
msgid ""
"When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. "
"Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29
msgid ""
"Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted "
"message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33
msgid "Checking the signature of a received message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34
msgid ""
"To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the "
"bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display "
"<gui>Security Information</gui> for the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5
msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23
msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:26
msgid ""
"To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in "
"combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you "
"need to get the public key and add it to your keyring."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:28
msgid ""
"To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command <cmd>gpg --"
"recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid</cmd>, substituting <code>keyid</"
"code> by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is "
"automatically added to your keyring."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:30
msgid ""
"If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and "
"enter the command <cmd>gpg --import</cmd> to add it to your keyring."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5
msgid ""
"Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt "
"messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23
msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26
msgid ""
"You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to "
"<link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-create-key\">Creating a GPG key</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28
msgid ""
"Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30
msgid ""
"Select the account you want to use securely, then click <gui style=\"button"
"\">Edit</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:38
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31
msgid "Click the <gui>Security</gui> tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32
msgid "Specify your key ID in the <gui>PGP/GPG Key ID</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33
msgid ""
"Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when "
"using this account, and other options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:41
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38
msgid ""
"Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you "
"can find it by typing <cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> "
"application. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers "
"and letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30
msgid ""
"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">set up your GPG "
"key</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>PGP Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>PGP Encrypt</"
"gui> from the message composer menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36
msgid ""
"The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used "
"for sensitive information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26
msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:29
msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:37
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30 C/mail-filters.page:60
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:39
msgid ""
"Select <gui>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption.page:5
msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption.page:30
msgid "Mail encryption and certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption.page:32
msgid ""
"Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and "
"encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate "
"environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-encryption.page:35
msgid "GPG"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-encryption.page:39
#
msgid "S/MIME"
msgstr "S/MIME"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5
msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23
msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25
msgid ""
"Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted "
"connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These "
"settings only apply to S/MIME encryption."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26
msgid ""
"You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete "
"your certificates under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Certificates</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28
msgid ""
"If you get the error \"Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not "
"trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute\" after "
"adding your mail certificate, go to <gui>Authorities</gui> and enable "
"<gui>Trust this CA to identify email users</gui> for the certificate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:30
msgid ""
"<gui>Your Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you own. "
"To add a signing certificate, click <gui style=\"button\">Import</gui>, "
"select the file to import, then click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui> and "
"enter a password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:31
msgid ""
"<gui>Contact Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you "
"have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well "
"verify signed messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:32
msgid ""
"<gui>Authorities</gui> displays a list of trusted certificate authorities "
"that verify that your own certificate is valid."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5
msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25
msgid ""
"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">added your "
"certificate</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>S/MIME Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>S/MIME "
"Encrypt</gui> from the message composer menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Secure MIME (S/MIME)</gui> section, click <gui style=\"button"
"\">Select</gui> next to <gui>Signing Certificate</gui> and specify the path "
"to your signing certificate, or click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> "
"next to <gui>Encryption Certificate</gui> and specify the path to your "
"encryption certificate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33
msgid "Select the appropriate options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5
msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23
msgid "Available Filter actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26
#
msgid "Move to Folder:"
msgstr "Mou a la carpeta:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27
msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29
#
msgid "Copy to Folder:"
msgstr "Copia a carpeta:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30
msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32
#
msgid "Delete:"
msgstr "Suprimeix:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33
msgid ""
"Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you "
"expunge or empty the trash."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35
#
msgid "Stop Processing:"
msgstr "Atura el processament:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36
msgid ""
"Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that "
"only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38
#
msgid "Set Label:"
msgstr "Defineix l'etiqueta:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39
msgid "Adds a label to a message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41
#
msgid "Assign Color:"
msgstr "Assigna el color:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42
msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44
#
msgid "Assign Score:"
msgstr "Assigna la puntuació:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45
msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47
#
msgid "Adjust Score:"
msgstr "Ajusta la puntuació:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48
msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50
#
msgid "Set Status:"
msgstr "Estableix l'estat:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51
msgid ""
"Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, "
"Important, Read, or Junk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53
#
msgid "Unset Status:"
msgstr "Desfés la definició de l'estat:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54
msgid ""
"If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, "
"it does nothing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56
#
msgid "Beep:"
msgstr "So:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57
msgid "Makes the system beep."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59
#
msgid "Play Sound:"
msgstr "Reprodueix un so:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60
msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62
#
msgid "Run Program:"
msgstr "Executa el programa:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63
msgid "Evolution runs an application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65 C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36
#
msgid "Pipe to Program:"
msgstr "Envia la sortida al programa:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66
msgid ""
"Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is "
"expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from "
"email messages or to perform additional message post processing not "
"supported by Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68
#
msgid "Forward to:"
msgstr "Reenvia a:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69
msgid "Forwards the message to another email address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5
msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23
msgid "Available Filter conditions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33
#
msgid "Source Account:"
msgstr "Compte origen:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:34
msgid ""
"Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful "
"if you use multiple POP mail accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:37
msgid ""
"Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it "
"based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. "
"This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39
#
msgid "Junk Test:"
msgstr "Prova de correu brossa:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:40
msgid ""
"Filters based on the results of the <link xref=\"mail-spam\">junk mail</"
"link> test."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42 C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36
#
msgid "Match All:"
msgstr "Coincideix amb tot:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:43
msgid ""
"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This "
"could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those "
"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the "
"list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5
msgid ""
"Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25
msgid "Mail filters are not working"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:28
msgid "Order of Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29
msgid ""
"The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original "
"message in sequence, like a recipe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30
msgid ""
"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all "
"messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31 C/mail-filters.page:46
msgid ""
"When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means "
"appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the "
"original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be "
"applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore "
"moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32
msgid ""
"To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions "
"in the <gui>Then</gui> section by <link xref=\"mail-filters#editing"
"\">editing the filter</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:36
msgid "Using Several Mail Clients"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:37
msgid ""
"Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" "
"flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially "
"fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from "
"Evolution, your filters may not work automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:41
msgid "Logging Filter Actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:42
msgid ""
"If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable "
"logging filter actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:44
msgid "Close Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:45 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:24
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:27 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:39
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:46
msgid ""
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-"
"actions true</cmd>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:47
msgid ""
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "
"\"/home/myusername/my-filter-log\"</cmd> and replace <cmd>myusername</cmd> "
"by your username. This will create a text file named <file>my-filter-log</"
"file> in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name "
"must be entered; a syntax like <sys>~</sys> or <sys>$HOME</sys> will not "
"work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:49
msgid "Fetch mail to apply filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:50
msgid ""
"Open the file <file>my-filter-log</file> with a text editor to see which "
"filter actions have been applied."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:53
msgid ""
"Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command "
"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false</cmd>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:55 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:27
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:30
msgid "You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</app> application to do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-filters.page:5
msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-filters.page:23
msgid "Using Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:25
msgid ""
"Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have "
"defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:27
msgid ""
"Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local "
"accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) "
"often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you "
"want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this "
"under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</"
"gui><gui>Options</gui><gui>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this "
"server</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:29
msgid ""
"To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and "
"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Apply Filters</gui></guiseq> or press "
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters.page:33
msgid "Creating a Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:36
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>, or click "
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
"criterion the filter will be based on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:37 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:38 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28
msgid "Enter a name in the <gui>Rule name</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:39 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29
msgid ""
"Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select "
"which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:39
msgid ""
"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
"filters-conditions\">Available Filter conditions</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:40 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30
msgid ""
"If you want to define multiple conditions, define under <gui>Find items</"
"gui> if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click <gui style=\"button"
"\">Add Condition</gui> and repeat the previous step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:42
msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the <gui>Then</gui> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:42
msgid ""
"For more information on the available actions see <link xref=\"mail-filters-"
"actions\">Available Filter actions</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:44
msgid ""
"The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original "
"message in sequence, like a recipe."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:45
msgid ""
"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all the "
"email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:49
msgid ""
"If you want to define multiple actions, click <gui style=\"button\">Add "
"Action</gui> and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other "
"existing filters to be applied choose <gui>Stop Processing</gui> as the "
"second action in the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters.page:56
msgid "Editing Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:58 C/mail-filters.page:68
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:59 C/mail-filters.page:69
msgid "Select the filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:61
msgid ""
"Make the desired corrections, then click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> "
"twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-filters.page:66
msgid "Deleting Filters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-filters.page:70
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-folders.page:5
msgid "Use folders to organize your mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-folders.page:28
msgid "Using Folders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:30
msgid ""
"Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You "
"start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You "
"can, however, create more folders if required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-folders.page:33
#
msgid "Creating A Folder"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:34
msgid "To create a folder:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:36
msgid ""
"Click on <gui>Folder</gui> and select <gui>New</gui>. You can also right-"
"click anywhere on the folder list and select the <gui>New Folder</gui> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:37
msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:38
msgid "Click on the <gui>Create</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:40
msgid ""
"The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages "
"into the folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:43
msgid ""
"The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and "
"subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, "
"branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. "
"Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that "
"exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-folders.page:49
msgid "Moving Messages to New Folders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:50
msgid ""
"You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:52
msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:53
msgid ""
"Right-click on the message and select the <gui>Move to Folder</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:54
msgid ""
"Select a message and press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
"key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:55
msgid ""
"Select a message and click on <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Move to Folder</"
"gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:58
msgid "The steps for copying are similar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-folders.page:60
msgid ""
"Moving files can be done automatically by setting up <link xref=\"mail-"
"filters\">filters</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5
msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:23
msgid "Follow up flags for emails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:25
msgid ""
"To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up "
"feature."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27
msgid "Select one or more messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28
msgid "Right-click one of the messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:29
msgid "Click <gui>Mark for Follow Up…</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:31
msgid ""
"You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking "
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</gui><gui>Follow Up…</gui></guiseq> "
"or by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:33
msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:35
msgid ""
"The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as "
"Call, Forward and Reply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:37
msgid ""
"After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it "
"entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either <gui>Flag "
"Completed</gui> or <gui>Clear Flag</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:39
msgid ""
"When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, "
"before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: "
"Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:41
msgid ""
"Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you "
"might <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-message-list\">add a Flag Status "
"column</link> to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could "
"create a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">search folder</link> that "
"displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, "
"so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:43
msgid ""
"If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark "
"them as important by right-clicking the message, then click <gui>Mark as "
"Important</gui>, or by selecting <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</"
"gui><gui>Important</gui></guiseq> from the menubar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5
msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:25
msgid "IMAP Subscriptions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:27
msgid ""
"As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which "
"IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for "
"the time being, via the <gui>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:29
msgid ""
"Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>, or right-"
"click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click "
"<gui>Manage subscriptions</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30 C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30
msgid ""
"If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want "
"to manage your subscriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31
msgid ""
"Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32
msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33
msgid ""
"You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your "
"IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-"
"mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34
msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-labels.page:5
msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-labels.page:21
msgid "Using Labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-labels.page:23
msgid ""
"You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is "
"similar to <link xref=\"using-categories\">Categories</link> in the other "
"Evolution windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-labels.page:25
msgid ""
"You can search for messages with specific labels by using the <link xref="
"\"mail-searching\">quick search dropdown</link>. Also, <link xref=\"mail-"
"search-folders\">search folders</link> can be created based on labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-labels.page:29
msgid "Adding a label to a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-labels.page:30
msgid ""
"To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click <gui>Label</"
"gui>, and choose the label to apply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-labels.page:31
msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing <gui>New Label</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-labels.page:35
msgid "Managing labels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-labels.page:36
msgid ""
"You can add, edit and delete all labels under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Labels</gui></"
"guiseq>. Note that you cannot remove the default labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5
msgid ""
"Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and "
"widescreen)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20
msgid "Changing the mail window layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:5
msgid "Avoid long subject lines due to translated \"Re:\" prefixes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:19
msgid "Handling localized \"Re:\" in subjects"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:21
msgid ""
"Traditionally a \"Re:\" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to "
"an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like \"SV:\" "
"in Danish or \"AW: in German). <app>Evolution</app> can recognize these "
"terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:25
msgid ""
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail composer-"
"localized-re 'AW,SV'</cmd> (in case that you want \"AW:\" and \"SV:\" to be "
"recognized)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5
msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24
msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26
msgid ""
"If your IMAP mail server does not yet support <link href=\"http://tools.ietf."
"org/html/rfc6851\">IMAP's \"move\" feature</link> which was introduced in "
"January 2013, Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and deleting emails. "
"Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the original "
"messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28
msgid ""
"See the topic on <link xref=\"mail-delete-and-undelete\">deleting emails</"
"link> for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this "
"applies to other types of accounts as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:5
msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:20
msgid "Mail is not sent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:22
msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:25
msgid ""
"Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients "
"are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the "
"message will not be sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:26
msgid ""
"Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages "
"is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may "
"prevent emails from being sent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-not-sent.page:27
msgid ""
"Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the <gui style=\"button"
"\">Send and Receive</gui> button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. "
"To go online, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work online</gui></guiseq>. "
"You should now be able to use the <gui style=\"button\">Send and Receive</"
"gui> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-organizing.page:5
msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-organizing.page:21
msgid "Sorting and organizing mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-organizing.page:23
msgid ""
"Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your "
"needs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-organizing.page:26
#
msgid "Advanced Options"
msgstr "Opcions avançades"

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
msgid "Using shortcut keys to read mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27
msgid "Viewing an email"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28
msgid ""
"In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. "
"If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click "
"it, press <key>Enter</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></"
"keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
msgid "Marking a message as read or unread"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33
msgid ""
"To mark the currently selected message as read, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>K</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
msgid ""
"To mark the currently selected message as unread, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
"key><key>Shift</key><key>K</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
msgid "Navigating in a message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39
msgid ""
"To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the <key>Spacebar</key> to "
"page down and press <key>Backspace</key> to page up while reading an email. "
"Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43
msgid "Navigating in a folder in the message list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44
msgid "Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
msgid "Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
msgid ""
"To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (<key>.</"
"key>) or comma (<key>,</key>) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also "
"marked with the <key>&gt;</key> and <key>&lt;</key> symbols, which is a "
"convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your "
"message list. You can also use the right square bracket (<key>]</key>) for "
"the next unread message, and the left square bracket (<key>[</key>) for the "
"previous unread message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53
msgid "Navigating in unread mail across folders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
msgid ""
"You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the "
"<key>Spacebar</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
msgid ""
"When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59
msgid ""
"When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next "
"unread message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
msgid ""
"If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as <key>Page "
"Down</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
msgid ""
"If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes "
"you to the next unread message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
msgid ""
"If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar "
"takes you to the next unread message in the next folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63
msgid ""
"If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between "
"those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message "
"in a different folder without clicking the folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5
msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:32
msgid "Read receipts for emails"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:34
msgid ""
"Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received "
"your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the "
"receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if "
"your emails have been received by someone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:36
msgid ""
"You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email "
"composer's menu. To do so, go to <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Request Read "
"Receipt</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:38
msgid ""
"For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by "
"going to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Message "
"Receipts</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:25
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' "
"md5='be4dbdb5f6e3dcbd5111b87169cae268'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:31
msgctxt "_"
msgid ""
"external ref='./figures/new-mail-notification.png' "
"md5='979052fce0d164644cdeda1c20c06e28'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:5
msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:21
msgid "Getting notified of new mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:23
msgid ""
"Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the "
"mailer icon in the window <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance"
"\">switcher</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: media/p
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:26 C/mail-received-notification.page:32
msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-received-notification.page:29
msgid ""
"In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area "
"at the bottom of the screen, make sure that <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Mail Notification</gui></guiseq> is enabled and "
"that you have set your preferred options in the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28
msgid ""
"On the <gui>Receiving Email</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Email</gui></guiseq>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:28
msgid "Enter your username for that server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:29
msgid ""
"Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click <gui style=\"button"
"\">Fetch URL</gui> which will ask you for your password and then try to "
"automatically fill in the values."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:30
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30
msgid ""
"If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your "
"system administrator for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:31
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34
msgid ""
"Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click <gui "
"style=\"button\">Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check for "
"supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the "
"authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a "
"guarantee that available mechanisms actually work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:37
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:45
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41
#
msgid "Receiving Options"
msgstr "Opcions de recepció"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:47
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43
msgid ""
"On the <gui>Receiving Options</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:42
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:50
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46
msgid ""
"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the "
"<gui>Check for new messages every … minutes</gui> option and select the "
"frequency in minutes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:43
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45
msgid ""
"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:44
msgid ""
"If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for "
"offline access to it, enable <gui>Cache offline address book</gui> and click "
"<gui style=\"button\">Fetch list</gui>. Afterwards, select the address book "
"from the available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:45
msgid ""
"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
"messages in Inbox on this server</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31
msgid ""
"Enter the address of the email server in the <gui>Server</gui> field and "
"enter your username for that server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29
msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32
msgid "Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Authenticate</gui> and enter your password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32
msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30
msgid ""
"Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options "
"can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to "
"contact your system administrator for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35
msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47
msgid ""
"Select \"Use Quick Resync\" if the IMAP server supports <link href=\"http://"
"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5162\">IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox "
"Resynchronization</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:48
msgid ""
"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or "
"only in subscribed folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49
msgid ""
"Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP "
"server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50
msgid ""
"Select if you want Evolution to show only <link xref=\"mail-imap-"
"subscriptions\">subscribed folders</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51
msgid ""
"Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28
msgid ""
"Choose the file by clicking on the button next to <gui>File</gui> in the "
"<gui>Configuration</gui> section. This will open a file chooser window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28
msgid ""
"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in "
"the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in "
"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last "
"option <gui>Other...</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40
msgid ""
"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
"messages in INBOX</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5
msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18
msgid "Mail Receiving Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21
msgid "Mail receiving options for common server types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24
msgid "Mail receiving options for corporate server types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27
msgid "Mail receiving options for local account server types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51
msgid ""
"If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click "
"the <gui>Leave messages on server</gui> option and the <gui>Delete after ... "
"days</gui> option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain "
"on the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52
msgid ""
"The option <gui>Disable support for all POP3 extensions</gui> is only useful "
"when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. <link href=\"https://tools."
"ietf.org/html/rfc2449\">POP3 extensions</link> provide enhanced "
"functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems "
"with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28
msgid ""
"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in "
"the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in "
"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last "
"option <gui>Other…</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5
msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47
msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48
msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49
msgid ""
"Select if you want to show relative folder names in the <link xref=\"mail-"
"imap-subscriptions\">subscriptions window</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50
msgid ""
"If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is "
"displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:5
msgid "Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:20
msgid "Thread related headers recognized by Evolution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:22
msgid "Evolution supports the following headers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:24
#
msgid "References"
msgstr "Referències"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:25
#
msgid "In-Reply-To"
msgstr "En resposta a"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:29
msgid ""
"<gui>Thread-*</gui> headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not "
"supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5
msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20
msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22
msgid ""
"To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to "
"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq>. This will ensure that "
"all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your "
"computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced "
"with the mail server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24
msgid ""
"You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press "
"<key>F5</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:5
msgid "Converting emails into PDF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:20
msgid "Save messages as PDF"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:22
msgid ""
"In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select <guiseq><gui>File</"
"gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq> and then choose <gui>Print to File</gui>. See "
"<link xref=\"help:gnome-help/printing\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/"
"gnome-help/stable/printing\">the desktop help</link> for general information "
"on printing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:25
msgid ""
"You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the "
"file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:28
msgid ""
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-"
"save-file-format 'pdf'</cmd>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5
#
msgid "Setting up a search folder."
msgstr "Configurant la carpeta de cerca."

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23
msgid "Creating A Search Folder"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></guiseq>, or click "
"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
"criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, "
"click <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Create Search Folder From Search…</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29
msgid ""
"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
"search-folders-conditions\">Available Search Folder conditions</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31
msgid ""
"Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section "
"<gui>Search Folder Sources</gui>. Options are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:33
#
msgid "All local folders:"
msgstr "Totes les carpetes locals:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34
msgid ""
"Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to "
"individual folders that are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:36
#
msgid "All active remote folders:"
msgstr "Totes les carpetes remotes actives:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37
msgid ""
"Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you "
"must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any "
"messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are "
"selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:39
#
msgid "All local and active remote folders:"
msgstr "Totes les carpetes locals i remotes actives:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40
msgid ""
"Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in "
"addition to individual folders that are selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:42
msgid "Specific folders only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43
msgid ""
"Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click "
"the <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to select folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5
msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23
msgid "Available Search folder conditions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33
#
msgid "Message Location:"
msgstr "Ubicació del missatge:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34
msgid "Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34
msgid ""
"Note that by default, Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> and <gui>Junk</gui> "
"folders are <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Search folders</link> so they "
"cannot be selected here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:37
msgid ""
"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This "
"could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those "
"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in "
"the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:5
msgid "Activate search folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:20
msgid "Enable the Search Folders Functionality"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:22
msgid ""
"In the unlikely case that there is no <gui>Search folders</gui> top-level "
"node displayed at the bottom of the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail"
"\">mail folder list</link> you have to enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:5
msgid ""
"Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in "
"their original folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:22
msgid "Using Search folders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:24
msgid ""
"If <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link> are not flexible enough, or "
"you find yourself performing the same <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</"
"link> again and again, consider a search folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:26
msgid ""
"A search folder looks like a <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folder</link>, it "
"acts like a <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</link>, and you set it up "
"like a <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filter</link>. While a conventional "
"folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages "
"that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are "
"determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when "
"setting up the search folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:28
msgid ""
"Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages "
"are received or message are deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:30
msgid ""
"The <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder is the opposite of other search "
"folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders.page:32
msgid ""
"If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders "
"to search through them, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder also searches "
"the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search "
"remote mail stores, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder does not search "
"in them either."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:5
msgid "Ways of updating Search folders."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:24
msgid "Updating/refreshing Search folders"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:26
msgid ""
"It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some "
"new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean "
"that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:28
msgid ""
"You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to "
"another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search "
"folder and choosing <gui>Refresh</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5
msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21
msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23
msgid ""
"There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of "
"attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-searching.page:5
msgid "Searching messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-searching.page:28
msgid "Searching Mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-searching.page:31
msgid "Searching in a Single Message"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:32
msgid ""
"To find text in the displayed message, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Find in Message…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-searching.page:36
msgid "Searching Across Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:40
msgid ""
"In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:42
msgid "Click on the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:44
msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:45
msgid ""
"For the <gui>Current Account</gui> scope, the term \"account\" refers to top-"
"level nodes in the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\"> mail folder "
"list</link>, like \"On this computer\" and remote mail accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:48 C/memos-searching.page:46
#: C/memos-searching.page:52 C/tasks-searching.page:46
#: C/tasks-searching.page:52
msgid "Evolution displays the search results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:50
msgid ""
"If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's "
"subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-searching.page:51
msgid ""
"If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you "
"might want to create a search folder instead; see <link xref=\"mail-search-"
"folders\">Using Search Folders</link> for more detail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5
msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20
msgid "Automatically check for new mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21
msgid ""
"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the "
"option <gui>Check for new messages every … minutes</gui> in the "
"<gui>Receiving Options</gui> page of the mail account settings (accessible "
"via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>) "
"and select the frequency in minutes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:23
msgid ""
"Evolution supports <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IMAP_IDLE"
"\">IMAP IDLE</link> on the currently selected folder and partially supports "
"the <link href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/search/rfc5465\">IMAP NOTIFY</link> "
"extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5
msgid "Force sending and receiving emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20
msgid "Manually send and receive messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21
msgid ""
"To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have "
"written that are in the local Outbox, click the <gui style=\"button\">Send / "
"Receive</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <key>F12</key>, or choose "
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Send / Receive</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22
msgid ""
"To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or "
"only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the <gui style=\"button"
"\">Send / Receive</gui> button and choose the corresponding option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23
msgid ""
"If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-"
"click on the Outbox and click <gui>Flush Outbox</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5
msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20
msgid "Sending and receiving mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22
msgid ""
"This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For "
"writing a new message, please refer to the <link xref=\"index#mail-composing"
"\">Composing mail</link> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5
msgid "Sending options for SMTP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:29
msgid ""
"Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the <gui>Server</"
"gui> field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a "
"username and a password)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:32
msgid ""
"If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following "
"information:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:34
msgid ""
"Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click "
"<gui>Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check. Some servers "
"do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that "
"available mechanisms actually work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5
msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22
msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24
msgid ""
"It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list "
"pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25
msgid ""
"You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into "
"different folders by <link xref=\"mail-folders\">creating folders</link> and "
"<link xref=\"mail-filters\">creating filters</link>: Create a new folder and "
"create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now "
"set up an incoming filter via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters…</"
"gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq> to move incoming mail to the "
"incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an "
"outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the "
"sender's address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5
msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28
msgid "Sorting the message list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30
msgid ""
"Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the "
"<link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\">message list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:33
msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:34
msgid ""
"You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, "
"click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Group By Threads</gui></guiseq> or "
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35
msgid ""
"This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and "
"allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the "
"next."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36
msgid ""
"When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. "
"Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent "
"message received."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37
msgid ""
"For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle "
"between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed "
"state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the "
"<app>Terminal</app> application and running the command <cmd>gsettings set "
"org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true</cmd>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:40
msgid ""
"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
"accels true</cmd>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:46
msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:47
msgid ""
"The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been "
"read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, "
"date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you "
"can do one of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:49
msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:50
msgid "Right-click on the header."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:51
msgid ""
"Select the <gui>Remove This Column</gui> or <gui>Add a Column</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:54
msgid ""
"Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click "
"on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to "
"the label indicates the direction of the sort."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:58
msgid "Using Other Sorting Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:59
msgid ""
"Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort "
"By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:61
#
msgid "Sort By"
msgstr "Ordena per"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62
msgid "You can also sort email messages using the <gui>Sort By</gui> list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:64 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:94
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:103 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:112
msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort By</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65
msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:67
#
msgid "Subject - Trimmed"
msgstr "Assumpte - retallat"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:68
#
msgid "Labels"
msgstr "Etiquetes"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69
#
msgid "Recipients"
msgstr "Destinataris"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:70
#
msgid "Sender"
msgstr "Remitent"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:71
#
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Ubicació"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72
#
msgid "Due By"
msgstr "Venciment"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73
msgid "<link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">Follow Up Flag</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:74
#
msgid "Flag Status"
msgstr "Estat del senyalador"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75
#
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Mida"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76
#
msgid "To"
msgstr "A"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:77
#
msgid "Received"
msgstr "Rebut"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78
#
msgid "Date"
msgstr "Data"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79
#
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "Assumpte"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:80
#
msgid "From"
msgstr "De"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81
#
msgid "Attachment"
msgstr "Fitxer adjunt"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82
#
msgid "Flagged"
msgstr "Senyalat"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:83
#
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estat"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:84
#
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Personalitzat"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:87
msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:92
#
msgid "Sort Ascending"
msgstr "Ordena de manera ascendent"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:95
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Ascending</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:97
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101
#
msgid "Sort Descending"
msgstr "Ordena de forma descendent"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:104
msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Descending</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:106
msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:110
#
msgid "Unsort"
msgstr "Desordena"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:113
msgid "Select the <gui>Unsort</gui> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:115
msgid ""
"This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as "
"they were added to the folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5
msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30
msgid "Marking Mail as Junk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32
msgid ""
"While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to "
"be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only "
"train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it "
"does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the "
"database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any "
"case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the <gui>Junk</"
"gui> mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get "
"flagged as junk mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:35
msgid "Manually Marking Junk Mail"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:36
msgid ""
"If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click <gui>Mark "
"as Junk</gui>, or mark the message and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</"
"key></keyseq> or click the <gui>Junk</gui> button in the tool bar. When you "
"correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and "
"becomes more accurate as time goes on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:37
msgid ""
"If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the <gui>Junk</"
"gui> folder by right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Mark as Not Junk</gui> "
"or pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>, or "
"mark the message and click the <gui>Not Junk</gui> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-spam.page:5
msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-spam.page:20
msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:7
msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36
#
msgid "Junk Mail Settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres del correu brossa…"

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:39
#
msgid "Tools"
msgstr "Eines"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:40
msgid ""
"<app>Evolution</app> lets you check for unwanted junk or spam email by using "
"the <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> tools. To use these "
"tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software "
"management tool of your distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:43
msgid ""
"You might need to install <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> "
"to perform these steps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:46
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:bogofilter\" href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/"
"\" style=\"button\">Install bogofilter</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: when/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47
msgid ""
"<link action=\"install:spamassassin\" href=\"http://spamassassin.apache.org/"
"\" style=\"button\">Install spamassassin</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52
msgid ""
"SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine "
"spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam "
"criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. "
"You must <link xref=\"mail-spam-marking\">train it</link> first to make it "
"work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56
msgid "Junk Mail Folder"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:57
msgid ""
"Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or "
"automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the "
"<gui>Junk</gui> mail folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:61
msgid "Junk Mail Preferences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:62
msgid ""
"The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local "
"Delivery accounts. For handling junk mail on IMAP accounts, see the "
"Evolution settings under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving "
"Options</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:63
msgid ""
"You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail "
"Preferences:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:65
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> or press "
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:66
msgid "Select <gui>Mail Preferences</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:67
msgid "Click on the <gui>Junk</gui> tab. Here, you can specify the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:69
msgid "Checking incoming mail for junk messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:70
msgid ""
"Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be "
"deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:71
msgid "Checking custom headers for junk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:72
msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:73
msgid "The default junk filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:74
msgid "Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:79
msgid ""
"For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration "
"questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for "
"<link href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/faq.shtml\">Bogofilter</link> "
"resp. <link href=\"http://wiki.apache.org/spamassassin/"
"FrequentlyAskedQuestions\">SpamAssassin</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5
msgid "How to have only one trash or junk folder per account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:25
msgid "Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:27
msgid ""
"If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on "
"the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:28
msgid ""
"You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. "
"The Evolution <gui>Trash</gui> folder has a special icon whereas the other "
"physical Trash folder looks like any other folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:30
msgid ""
"By default, Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> and <gui>Junk</gui> folders are "
"<link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Search folders</link>. They do not really "
"exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for "
"deletion in any folders of that account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:32
msgid ""
"In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, "
"select the corresponding <gui>Use a Real Folder</gui> option under "
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. In this case, "
"Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5
msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25
msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27
msgid ""
"When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. "
"To subscribe to a newsgroup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31
msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5
msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22
#
msgid "Vertical view"
msgstr "Visualització vertical"

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24
msgid ""
"Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the "
"vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the "
"message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview "
"pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the "
"extra width of wide screen monitors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26
msgid ""
"To switch to vertical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
"gui><gui>Vertical View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28
msgid ""
"In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed "
"headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. "
"The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and "
"Subject in the second line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30
msgid ""
"To switch back to classical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
"gui><gui>Classical View</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20
msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22
msgid ""
"For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is "
"hardcoded and cannot be changed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23
msgid ""
"To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose "
"<guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Paragraph Style</gui><gui>Preformatted</gui></"
"guiseq> in the mail composer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:5
msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:23
msgid "Working Offline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:25
msgid ""
"Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems "
"like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected "
"to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more "
"folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be "
"sent the next time you connect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:27 C/offline.page:30
msgid ""
"Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to "
"contacts and calendars."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:29
msgid ""
"POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections "
"usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to "
"read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution "
"downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:32
msgid "Marking folders for offline usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:33
msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:35
msgid "Right-click the folder, then click <gui>Properties</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:36
msgid "Click <gui>Copy folder content locally for offline operation</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:41
msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:42
msgid ""
"Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner "
"of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected "
"cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via "
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work Offline</gui></guiseq>, the cables "
"separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or "
"synchronize folders locally before you go offline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:43
msgid ""
"To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going "
"offline, select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Download Messages for Offline "
"Usage</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:47
msgid "Automatic Network State Handling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/mail-working-offline.page:48
msgid ""
"Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. "
"For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down "
"and automatically switches on when the network is up again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/memos-searching.page:5
msgid "Searching memos."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/memos-searching.page:28
msgid "Searching Memos"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/memos-searching.page:31
msgid "Searching in a Single Memo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/memos-searching.page:32
msgid ""
"To find text in the displayed memo, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
"in Memo…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/memos-searching.page:36
msgid "Searching Across Memos"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/memos-searching.page:40
msgid ""
"In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by "
"category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5
msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23
msgid "Adding a Memo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo</gui></guiseq>, or "
"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27
msgid "Select a memo list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28
msgid "Enter the memo information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32
msgid ""
"If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can "
"directly enter it in the list of memos."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34
msgid ""
"You can also define a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a "
"<link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the memo, "
"or add an attachment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37
msgid "Shared Memos"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39
msgid ""
"Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a "
"particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared "
"memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted "
"shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are "
"not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41
msgid "To send a Shared Memo,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Shared Memo</gui></guiseq>, "
"or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44
msgid ""
"Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to "
"the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45
msgid ""
"In the <gui>To</gui> field, type a username, then press <key>Enter</key>. "
"Repeat this for additional users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46
msgid ""
"Select the task list (under <gui>List</gui>) in which you would like to "
"create the entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Start Date</gui> field, type the date this shared memo should "
"appear in the recipients' calendars."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5
msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20
msgid "Deleting a Memo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and "
"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the memo and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
"in the tool bar, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Memo</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5
msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20
msgid "Editing a Memo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22
msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25
msgid ""
"Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or "
"right-click on the memo and click <gui>Open Memo</gui>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26
msgid "Edit the memo information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/memos-usage.page:5
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/memos-usage.page:20
msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/memos-usage.page:22
msgid ""
"Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the <app>Tomboy</app> "
"or <app>Gnote</app> applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:5
msgid "On minimizing Evolution to the notification area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:25
msgid "Minimizing Evolution to the system tray"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:27
msgid ""
"GNOME, by default, has a <link xref=\"mail-received-notification"
"\">notification area</link> which includes an applet that informs users of "
"any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email "
"messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for "
"any email notifications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:29
msgid ""
"In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to "
"become a system tray by using external applications which might be available "
"for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. "
"Available options are for example <link href=\"http://code.google.com/p/"
"tint2/\">Tint2</link>. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/offline.page:5
msgid "Make Evolution mail be online again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/offline.page:23
msgid "Why is Evolution's mail offline when my net connection is working?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/offline.page:24
msgid ""
"You may have started Evolution with the <cmd>--offline</cmd> commandline "
"option to enforce offline mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/offline.page:26
msgid ""
"If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly "
"stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally "
"clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the "
"icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, "
"there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the <gui style=\"button"
"\">Send/Receive</gui> button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its "
"state."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/offline.page:28
msgid ""
"If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but "
"you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, "
"FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly "
"configured. For more information please take a look at the <link xref=\"help:"
"gnome-help/net-problem\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/"
"stable/net-problem\">Desktop help</link> or seek help from your distribution "
"support forums, mailing lists etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/organizing.page:5
msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/organizing.page:18
msgid "Sorting and organizing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5
msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21
msgid "How to track down a problem"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23
msgid ""
"As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or "
"between the tool bar and the search bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25
msgid ""
"To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the <link "
"href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Evolution/Debugging\">Evolution project "
"website</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27
msgid ""
"To contact the Evolution community for help, please see <link xref="
"\"problems-getting-help\">How to get help</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:5
msgid "How to get help for problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:22
msgid "How to get help"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-getting-help.page:24
msgid ""
"To receive help on problems you can send an email to the <link href=\"http://"
"mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-list\">Evolution mailing list</"
"link> or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel "
"#evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can "
"for example <link xref=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\" href=\"https://help.gnome."
"org/users/empathy/stable/irc-manage\">use the internet messenger application "
"<app>Empathy</app></link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5
msgid "How to report mistakes in the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21
msgid "How to report bugs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23
msgid ""
"If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have "
"found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want "
"to request a feature, you can file a report in the <link href=\"http://"
"bugzilla.gnome.org\">GNOME bug tracking system</link>. Note that this "
"requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check "
"the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html"
"\">bug writing guidelines</link> first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23
msgid ""
"Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in "
"Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to "
"recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in "
"<link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/"
"NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">the bug tracker of your GNOME "
"distribution</link> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25
msgid ""
"When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for "
"others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include "
"information such as the Evolution version (under <guiseq><gui>Help</"
"gui><gui>About</gui></guiseq>), your distribution, and exact steps to "
"reproduce the problem, click by click. See the <link href=\"https://bugzilla."
"gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</link> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/searching-items.page:5
msgid "Searching content and data within <app>Evolution</app>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/searching-items.page:18
msgid "Searching items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5
msgid "Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:20
msgid "Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:22
msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:24
msgid ""
"Many distributions provide the application <app><link href=\"http://"
"syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link></app> that can be used in "
"combination with devices that support <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/"
"wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:26
msgid ""
"In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both "
"support the <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ActiveSync"
"\">ActiveSync protocol</link> (such as <app>SyncEvolution</app>). A <link "
"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_collaborative_software\">list "
"of collaborative software</link> is available on Wikipedia."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:28
msgid ""
"If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel "
"free to file a bug report in <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/"
"enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&amp;component=User%20Documentation\">GNOME's "
"bug tracking system</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:5
msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:20
msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:22 C/tasks-webdav.page:24
msgid ""
"To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following "
"steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:24 C/tasks-local.page:24 C/tasks-webdav.page:26
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task List</gui></guiseq> or "
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo List</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:28 C/tasks-webdav.page:30
msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-caldav.page:35 C/tasks-local.page:31
msgid "The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5
msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23
msgid "Displaying of tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27
msgid ""
"The following task-related options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Tasks</gui></"
"guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31
msgid "Tasks due today:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32
msgid "Select the color for tasks due today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33
#
msgid "Overdue tasks:"
msgstr "Tasques vençudes:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34
msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35
#
msgid "Hide completed tasks after:"
msgstr "Amaga les tasques completades després de:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:36
msgid ""
"Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time "
"measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, "
"completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-local.page:5
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-local.page:20
msgid "Adding another local task or memo list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-local.page:22
msgid ""
"To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:5
msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-organizing.page:21
msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-searching.page:5
msgid "Searching tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-searching.page:28
msgid "Searching Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tasks-searching.page:31
msgid "Searching in a Single Task"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-searching.page:32
msgid ""
"To find text in the displayed task, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
"in Task…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tasks-searching.page:36
msgid "Searching Across Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-searching.page:40
msgid ""
"In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by "
"category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5
msgid "Adding a task to your task list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23
msgid "Adding a Task"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26
msgid ""
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task</gui></guiseq>, or "
"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27
msgid "Select a task list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28
msgid "Enter the task information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32
msgid ""
"If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can "
"directly enter it in the list of tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34
msgid ""
"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-"
"classifications\">classification</link> for the task, or add an attachment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37
msgid "Assigned Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39
msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40
msgid ""
"When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, "
"such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is "
"sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to "
"respond."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41
msgid ""
"This is similar to <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
"\">meetings</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42
msgid ""
"To create an Assigned Task, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
"gui><gui>Assigned Task</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5
msgid "Deleting a task from your task list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20
msgid "Deleting a Task"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22
msgid ""
"If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and "
"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the task and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
"in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or "
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Task</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5
msgid "Editing a task in your task list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20
msgid "Editing a Task"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22
msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25
msgid ""
"Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or "
"right-click on the task and click <key>Open Task</key>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26
msgid "Edit the task information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-usage.page:5
msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-usage.page:20
msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5
msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20
msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22
msgid ""
"You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get "
"displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and "
"tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows "
"these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to "
"show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24
msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26
msgid ""
"You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the "
"internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:5
msgid "Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:20
msgid "Using a WebDAV task or memo list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:22
msgid "Lists of this type are read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/tasks-webdav.page:37
msgid "The list will be added in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#: C/using-categories.page:5
msgid ""
"Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/title
#: C/using-categories.page:25
msgid "Using Categories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: page/p
#: C/using-categories.page:27
msgid ""
"Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by "
"the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to "
"different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories "
"or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in "
"the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" "
"category because he is a friend."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/p
#: C/using-categories.page:29
msgid ""
"To display only the objects in a particular category, select the "
"corresponding category in the quick <link xref=\"searching-items\">search</"
"link> bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/using-categories.page:32
msgid "Setting categories for an object"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/using-categories.page:34
msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category,"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:36
msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:37 C/using-categories.page:49
msgid ""
"Click <gui style=\"button\">Categories…</gui>. (If this button is not "
"available, select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Categories</gui></guiseq>.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:38
msgid ""
"Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few "
"categories as you like."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/using-categories.page:44
msgid "Adding and managing categories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/using-categories.page:46
msgid ""
"If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your "
"own categories either directly via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Available "
"Categories</gui></guiseq>, or indirectly when editing an object:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:48
msgid "Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:50
msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/using-categories.page:52
msgid ""
"You can now see the category in the <gui>Categories</gui> text field in the "
"editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/using-categories.page:56
msgid ""
"In the <gui>Categories Editor</gui> you can edit or set the color and icon "
"for each category available by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> at "
"the bottom of the <gui>Categories</gui> window. Press <gui style=\"button"
"\">Delete</gui> to delete categories from the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:3
#
msgid "Sender:"
msgstr "Remitent:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:4
msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:6
#
msgid "Recipients:"
msgstr "Destinataris:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:7
msgid "The recipients of the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:9
#
msgid "CC:"
msgstr "CC:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:10
msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:12
#
msgid "BCC:"
msgstr "CCO:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:13
msgid ""
"Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied "
"to outgoing filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:15
#
msgid "Sender or Recipients:"
msgstr "Remitent o destinataris:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:16
msgid ""
"The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of "
"the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:18
#
msgid "Subject:"
msgstr "Assumpte:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:19
msgid "The subject line of the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:21
#
msgid "Specific Header:"
msgstr "Capçalera específica:"

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22
msgid "custom ones"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22
msgid "Any header including <_:link-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23
msgid ""
"If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to "
"the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the "
"second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "
"\"engineering@example.com\" and then restates it as \"marketing@example.com"
"\", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To "
"filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:25
#
msgid "Message Body:"
msgstr "Cos del missatge:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:26
msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:28
#
msgid "Expression:"
msgstr "Expressió:"

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29
#
msgid "filters"
msgstr "filtres"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29
msgid ""
"(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write "
"in the Scheme language used to define <_:link-1/> in Evolution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:31
#
msgid "Date sent:"
msgstr "Data d'enviament:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32
msgid ""
"Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, "
"choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given "
"time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the "
"message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a "
"specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look "
"for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to "
"four days ago."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:34
#
msgid "Date received:"
msgstr "Data de recepció:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:35
msgid ""
"This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the "
"time you received the message with the dates you specify."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:37
#
msgid "Label:"
msgstr "Etiqueta:"

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38
#
msgid "labels"
msgstr "etiquetes"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38
msgid ""
"Messages can have <_:link-1/> of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. "
"You can set labels with other filters or manually."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:40
#
msgid "Score:"
msgstr "Puntuació:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41
msgid ""
"Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one "
"filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move "
"the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in "
"particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other "
"filters can process them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:43
#
msgid "Size (kB):"
msgstr "Mida (kB):"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:44
msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:46
#
msgid "Status:"
msgstr "Estat:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:47
msgid ""
"Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, "
"Draft, Important, Read, or Junk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:49
#
msgid "Follow Up:"
msgstr "Seguiment:"

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50
msgid "flagged for follow-up"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50
msgid "Checks whether the message is <_:link-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:52
#
msgid "Completed On:"
msgstr "Completat el:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:55
#
msgid "Attachments:"
msgstr "Fitxers adjunts:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:56
msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:58
#
msgid "Mailing List:"
msgstr "Llista de distribució:"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:59
msgid ""
"Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might "
"miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere "
"header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of "
"mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be "
"caught by these filters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:61
#
msgid "Regex Match:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/link
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
#
msgid "regex"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/cmd
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
msgid "grep"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
msgid ""
"(For programmers only) If you know your way around a <_:link-1/>, or regular "
"expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of "
"letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and "
"end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages "
"that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use "
"regular expressions, check the man page for the <_:cmd-2/> command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:4
#
msgid "Identity"
msgstr "Identitat"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:5
msgid "Here you define your name and your email address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:6
msgid ""
"Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing "
"emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent "
"to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you "
"work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this "
"account)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:4 C/xinclude-searching.xml:6
#
msgid "Advanced Search"
msgstr "Cerca avançada"

#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
#
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Cerca"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6
msgid "Select the <_:guiseq-1/> menu to open the dialog box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7
msgid "Add Condition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7
msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to add any number of rules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:8
msgid ""
"Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in "
"the field."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30
#
msgid "OK"
msgstr "D'acord"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9
msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to get the search results displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:14
msgid "Clearing the Search results"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
#
msgid "Clear"
msgstr "Neteja"

#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
#
msgid "Shift"
msgstr "Maj"

#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
#
msgid "Ctrl"
msgstr "Control"

#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
#
msgid "Q"
msgstr "Q"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
msgid ""
"To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the <_:"
"gui-1/> icon in the search string field, or choose <_:guiseq-2/> from the "
"menubar. You can also press <_:keyseq-3/> to clear the search."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:19
#
msgid "Saved Searches"
msgstr "Cerques desades"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:20
msgid ""
"If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it "
"many times. In this case you can use saved searches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
#
msgid "Save"
msgstr "Desa"

#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
#
msgid "Save Search"
msgstr "Desa la cerca"

#. (itstool) path: section/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
msgid ""
"To save your search results, either click <_:gui-1/> instead of <_:gui-2/> "
"in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, "
"select <_:guiseq-3/>. From now on this search will be directly available "
"from the <_:gui-4/> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: section/title
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:25
msgid "Editing a Saved Search"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
#
msgid "Edit Saved Searches"
msgstr "_Edita les cerques desades..."

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
msgid "Select <_:guiseq-1/> from the menu bar to open the window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
#
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edita"

#. (itstool) path: p/gui
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
#
msgid "Edit Rule"
msgstr "Edita la regla"

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
msgid "Click the <_:gui-1/> button to open the <_:gui-2/> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:29
msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: item/p
#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30
msgid "Click <_:gui-1/>."
msgstr ""